Can U.S. economy tolerate a tax increase in 2013?

Is the American economy strong enough to withstand an income tax increase starting on New Year’s Day?

The rhetorical skirmish over this question is the prelude for bargaining that’s likely to culminate after Election Day as President Barack Obama tries to persuade Congress to raise income tax rates on people with incomes over $200,000 and Republicans try to keep the current tax rates in place at least for 2013.

If the two sides don’t come to terms, income tax rates for all earners go up on New Year’s Day.

Senate Majority Whip Dick Durbin, D- Ill., said the top 2 percent of earners should "pay their fair share," and argues that the economy is stronger now than in 2010 when President Obama agreed to extend the current tax rates for all taxpayers.

For a middle-income married couple with three children under age 17, this would mean at least a $1,500 tax increase since the child tax credit is set to shrink at year end from $1,000 per child to $500 per child.

The tax policy clash played out on NBC’s Meet the Press Sunday as Meet the Press host David Gregory played a clip of Obama saying in 2010 that “the economy remains somewhat fragile” and asked Senate Democratic Whip Dick Durbin, “If it was a bad idea to raise taxes in a down economy then, why is it a good idea to raise taxes in a down economy now?”

Durbin argued that Obama “has drawn the line in the proper way. He believes, and I agree, that the top 2 percent of wage earners in America should pay their fair share.”

He said, “Asking the top 2 percent of wage earners in America to pay their fair share of taxes is not going to kill the economy. Instead, it's going to make sure we move toward reduction of our (budget) deficit.”

The Congressional Budget Office reported last week that at this point, three-quarters of the way into the fiscal year, the budget deficit, $905 billion, is $66 billion less than the deficit incurred for the same period in the prior year. Spending is about 1 percent higher and revenues are about 5 percent higher than they were at the same point last year, the CBO said.

Ed Gillespie, Romney's senior adviser, cites Mitt Romney's decision to limit the release of his tax returns to the past two years as simply following the standard of the GOP presidential candidate of 2008.

Making the case for the Republicans, GOP Senate Whip Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona told Gregory, “We're not talking about giving tax cuts to anyone. All we're asking is don't raise taxes on all Americans, and especially don't raise taxes on the people who create the business. When you say that the high income earners, the top 20 percent, pay 90 percent of the taxes, what should they pay, 99 percent? These are the people who have enough money to invest in businesses and to create jobs.” The tax increase that Obama is proposing “falls directly on those job creators,” Kyl said.

The Arizona Republican predicted that his party will gain control of the Senate on Election Day.

The GOP needs a net gain of four seats to do so – a goal that seems within reach since the nonpartisan Cook Political Report says eight seats now held by Democrats are in the toss-up or likely Republican category. Three GOP-held seats are in Cook's toss-up category.

“That means that both the House and the Senate will reject these kinds of job-killing tax increases that the president is proposing,” Kyl said. “I think that will make it more difficult for the president to propose what he is doing now and go back to where he was a year and a half ago when he said it would be a blow to the economy to increase taxes on anyone. He was right then. And then we had a 3 percent GDP growth, now we're fewer than 2 percent.”

A major tax increase on upper-income people is already set to begin on New Year’s Day: the Affordable Care Act’s new Medicare tax on people with incomes over $200,000. The new tax will collect $20 billion in revenues next year, increasing to nearly $40 billion a year by 2019.

Some Democrats, such as House Ways and Means Committee member Rep. Xavier Becerra of California, see the expiring tax rates as powerful leverage for their side. Becerra has made the case for allowing the current income tax rates to expire on Dec. 31, which would mean they’d revert to the higher levels of 2000.

Becerra said in May that cumulative deficits could be reduced by $7 trillion over ten years if pre-2001 tax rates took effect in 2013.  He said Congress could “tweak” those tax increases in 2013 (when Becerra and other Democrats hope they’ll be in the congressional majority) – presumably so that they would not affect lower-income people.

The original version of this story said that the child tax credit was $1,500 per child; in fact, it is $1,000 per child.

Discuss this post

Jump to discussion page: 1 2 3 ... 40
Comment author avatarKanninExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

We work hard for our money! The government takes ever larger portions of it and cheerfully spends it on feel-good nonsense, and do-nothing bureaucrats. Its time that we are allowed to keep more of what we earn, rather than allowing more of it to be stolen from us.

  • 162 votes
#1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:22 PM EDT
Comment author avatarMurphy AndrewExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

kannin,,,that is the problem! With the food stamp welfare president in office, soon as in the European countries there will be more people riding in the cart then pulling it! Right now funding is completely unsustainable and the spending this currant(and past) administrations are not only running this country over a cliff, but setting the car on fire before it gets there!

  • 121 votes
#1.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:39 PM EDT
Comment author avatarKeenInsightExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

This is what Republicans would have you believe, that spending on domestic programs like medicare, social security, medicaid are bankrupting the system. When people are working and earning a Living Wage, then the U.S Treasury has ample revenues and the social programs that make this country so exceptional are well funded.

What Republicans are promoting, in this downturn which their donors created, is an unnecessary choice--do we prioritize our revenue so that we can rebuild foreign countries and continue to mount countless drone attacks, or should we spend it on domestic aid to ensure people get back to work and our children learn in a sound educational system? Do we provide a safety net so that if people lose their jobs because of Criminal Banking Activity they don't die on the streets, or do we continue to provide corporate welfare to oil companies?

Do we ask GE and EXXon to pay their fair share in taxes, or do we continue sending them a refund because they are able to game the system in a way that middle class families cannot do?

Perhaps Romney will advise us on how we can get our puny checks direct deposited in an offshore account like he does.

Domestic spending pales in comparison to what we spend on aid to middle eastern countries and to the Defense Department. Yes, the Republican congresspeople, all of whom are wealthy, want you to give up your benefits so that we can build the international military complex.

You need only look at Republicans' bills to find out where their priorities lie.

  • 98 votes
#1.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:54 PM EDT
Comment author avatarbobbskiExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

We are currently enjoying the lowest taxes in close to 30 years. Idiot.

  • 63 votes
#1.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:00 PM EDT
Comment author avatarrockymtnroustaboutExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

You have spoken the truth KeenInsight. As obvious as the noses on our faces.

  • 37 votes
#1.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:02 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTruePatriot-445959Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Holy crap, seriously? Our current income taxes are the lowest in 30 years, and lower than all the other first-world industrialized countries. The government -- that's YOU, you are the government. The money is spent on services we need, like teachers, firefighters, sanitation, and of course roads, etc.

Right now states and municipalities are bankrupt. Right now basic services are being cut or ended, whether shorter school years with larger classes, or charging citizens for fire department services, and worse Emergency Managers in places like Michigan that equates to no democracy. Right here in the good old US of A, we have dictatorship.

This concept of tax cuts and more cuts only, never raising taxes (Norquist) is illogical. Eventually there would be zero tax revenue, and you ignoramuses never consider how a government operates on nothing. There is always waste that must always be controlled, but the idea that somehow all your tax dollars are wasted is one of the biggest lies being told.

If you want to get your undies in a bundle, get angry about all the "free stuff" (as Romney calls it) going to corporate welfare. Did you see the agriculture bill -- Hurry and contact your representatives, because this monstrosity is about to get passed. How about TARP being "free stuff" for Wall Street and the Banksters? How about tax breaks on dividend, capital gains, and estate taxes for the richest 2% that Romney wants to make even sweeter?

And what do the Teapublicans and Romney want? They want a hand-out from you, the middle class and working poor. They have had over a decade of unpaid wars, a decade of tax cuts for the rich, a meltdown of our economy because of deregulation of Wall Street. And they want YOU to sacrifice Social Security and Medicare to pay for their mismanagement. They tell you Social Security and Medicare is "free stuff" but it is not -- YOU pay into these trust fund programs.

Why in the hell would you take a cut in programs you've paid for so that the GOP/Romney can increase spending on defense, can increase tax cuts for the rich, can continue with corporate welfare -- In other words get their "free stuff" and YOU have to pay for it?

Stop being duped. Throw out the Teapublican oligarch. Romney the plutocrat -- He's not in it for you.

  • 81 votes
#1.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:02 PM EDT

Keen - I need to point out that it was a Democrat House, Senate and President that approved billions in foreign aid to Pakistan.

The aid program promoted by Senator John Kerry, chairman of the Foreign Relations Committee, promised Pakistan $7.5 billion over five years, much of it delivered through the civilian government.

  • 64 votes
#1.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:03 PM EDT
Comment author avatarbrenda1964Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Kannin We work hard for our money! The government takes ever larger portions of it and cheerfully spends it on feel-good nonsense, and do-nothing bureaucrats. Its time that we are allowed to keep more of what we earn, rather than allowing more of it to be stolen from us.

My understanding was the magic number is 250,000. Be that as it may, Kannin, unless you are making over that amount then you are not paying more and more taxes. In fact President Obama stated he will continue the Bush tax cuts for middle income family's. Now if your making more then the magic number I have no sympathy for you and you should pay more. Sorry, Rich have been getting richer while the middle and lower class have been getting poorer. PAY YOUR FREAKING FAIR SHARE.

Murphy Andrew kannin,,,that is the problem! With the food stamp welfare president in office, soon as in the European countries there will be more people riding in the cart then pulling it! Right now funding is completely unsustainable and the spending this currant(and past) administrations are not only running this country over a cliff, but setting the car on fire before it gets there!

Not sure what planet or realm you live in, but I like to stick with reality on this planet earth. If Obama didn't do what he did, we would be in the grasp of a MAJOR recession caused by your BFF President Bush. We had to spend in order to negate some of the bubble bursting Bush tactics. And we will continue to spend until we get to a point where the economy can pick up the slack again. Sorry you can't handle the truth. Now if you would get the House to quit blocking or trying to block every good thing Obama is trying to do then maybe this stalled economy will start up again. The economy and jobs would be doing just fine right now if the HOUSE would stop voting down anything he tries to do just to make him look like a failed President. In spite of what the HOUSE has been doing, President Obama is still turning things around, it's just taking 10 times as long because of the and I quote "H O U S E". so quit your whining and start being part of the solution and not part of the problem by trying to vote in someone who will just do more of the same on the failed Bush tactics.

  • 59 votes
#1.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:08 PM EDT
Comment author avatarROY WILSON-336103Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

"The Arizona Republican predicted that his party will gain control of the Senate on Election Day...The GOP needs a net gain of four seats to do so"

Actually, they only need a net of 3 if Romney wins, because the VP would cast the tie-breaking vote.

Here is the latest from Rasmussen, the most accurate pollster over the last two presidential elections – this is among 'Likely Voters', which is much more accurate than polls of 'Registered Voters' since polls of Registered Voters typically overstate the Democrat by about 4% compared with actual results (Republicans are more likely to vote);

Electoral Votes for Obama (strong + leaners) = 247

Electoral Votes for Romney (strong + leaners) = 191

There are 7 'Battleground States' – CO, FL, IA, NC, OH, VA, WI. In those states, Romney has a slight lead in FL, IA, NC, OH and WI, with 78 Electoral Votes which brings him to 269 Electoral Votes. In the other two states of CO and VA, with 22 Electoral Votes the candidates are exactly tied among Likely Voters.

One other point worth mentioning is that 'Undecided Voters' typically go to the challenger (Romney in this case) by anywhere from 60% to 90%, and with about 8% in the 'Undecided' column, Romney has a distinct advantage at this time which could add 2% to 6% to his total – the 'best guess' at this time is Romney with 291 Electoral Votes to 247 for Obama. But of course the election is months away, and anything could happen. The link is as follows;

http://www.rasmussenreports.com/public_content/archive/2012_electoral_college_scoreboard

PS – If it's a tie with each getting 269 votes, then the House of Representatives (likely controlled by Republicans) gets to elect the President.

  • 23 votes
#1.8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:08 PM EDT
Comment author avatarlulu98Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

The estate that my husband and I have accumulated after starting with nothing does not need to be confiscated by the various governments. If the estate taxes increase I will spend every dime before I will let that happen.

  • 50 votes
#1.9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:19 PM EDT
Comment author avatarROY WILSON-336103Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

TruePatriot-445959 "Holy crap, seriously? Our current income taxes are the lowest in 30 years, and lower than all the other first-world industrialized countries"

So you would be in favor of just letting ALL of the Bush tax cuts expire on December 31, 2012 - as provided by current law?

Otherwise you're being hypocritical if you say - "Raise someone else's taxes, but leave mine alone" when complaining about not enough money for social services. If the top 20% of income earners are already paying 90% of all federal income taxes, just how much do you think is their 'fair share'?

  • 47 votes
#1.10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:20 PM EDT
Comment author avatarshamrock66646Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

We need to cut the entitlement programs in half. Paying more taxes will result in the Govt. spending more on bullsh*t programs. I will not pay more in taxes.

  • 55 votes
#1.11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:20 PM EDT

Hell yes raise the taxes back to the 2001 level. The whole country started falling apart after the Bush tax cuts, his stimulus packages of 2001, and his wars. None which helped the country but the tax cuts and wars made Bush supporters rich.

Hell, if they just close the loopholes that lower income taxpayers don't get it would help the economy.

"Raise someone else's taxes, but leave mine alone"

Isn't that what the republicans are doing when they say cut entitlements but leave the defense spending alone?

  • 45 votes
#1.12 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:20 PM EDT

Oh hey, let's quote Jon "not-intended-to-be-factual" Kyl, where he predicts a GOP senate majority.

Perrrrrfect.

  • 16 votes
#1.13 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:22 PM EDT

Actually the government is taking less from the people, and if we didn't have such a bloated Military/Industrial complex we could have not only the best Education system in the world, but the best infrastructure and Health Care also!

  • 32 votes
#1.14 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:24 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTouchdownplayExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Sure raise Taxes! That will insure that Government tightens it's belt and live within the TAXPAYERS means. I mean we Americans exist to serve the Government, right? We should be more grateful that they want more and more of our money to squander. I am sure we caan all agree that they know how to spend your money better that you do. Just give in. It won't hurt at all. I promise.

OBAMMER and That Goofy Dude - 2012 (NOT)

  • 49 votes
#1.15 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:24 PM EDT
Comment author avatarMurphy AndrewExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

This food stamp president thinks we have so much money to blow then why does he have to advertise for more food stamp recuits? Between that and his lasear like focus on jobs that cost the American taxpayers 4.8 million per "green tempory job", we need to get rid of this puke and administration!

  • 46 votes
#1.16 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:28 PM EDT

16 out of 20 states with most money on foodstamp are in red states. Both Republicans and Democrats require foodstamp money to even get by on day to day basis.

I find it funny that many people think only Democrat get foodstamp.

  • 31 votes
#1.17 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:31 PM EDT

We need to cut the entitlement programs in half. Paying more taxes will result in the Govt. spending more on bullsh*t programs. I will not pay more in taxes.

shamrock: What "entitlement" programs are you thinking about when making your comment? Cutting anything in half, with the exception of waste, fraud, will really set this country up for a DEPRESSION beyond our imaginations.

By refusing to learn about what you are touting, you are perpetuating the stagnation we are in today. Consumer confidence being low helps keep our growth low. Congress doing nothing but proposing SOCIAL issues instead of FISCALLY RESPONSIBLE GROWTH PROMOTION is beyond criminally neglectful. It is treasonous.

You will not be paying more taxes unless you make over $200K. Quit whining.

  • 26 votes
#1.18 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:31 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTouchdownplayExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Nope. This president is focused like a laser beam on your wallet.

  • 43 votes
#1.19 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:32 PM EDT
Comment author avatarROY WILSON-336103Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

brenda1964 "PAY YOUR FREAKING FAIR SHARE."

So if the top 20% of income earners already pays 90% of the income taxes, and the next 30% pays 10%, and the bottom 50% pay NOTHING, just what do you think is 'YOUR FREAKING FAIR SHARE'?

I realize that nobody likes paying income taxes, but we all benefit from the government services, don't we - and actually, the bottom 50% get the lion's share of the benefits, but pay nothing for them, so again, I ask "What's fair".

  • 46 votes
#1.20 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:33 PM EDT

So let's say they do raise the taxes on those making 200,000/250,000 and are able to collect another 80 billion. We are running deficits over 1 trillion and so that paltry amount won't help with the fiscal problem much at all. Add the other tax on the that same group mentioned in this article of 20 billion that comes to 100 billion. So less than 10 percent. The question is increasing taxes causes behavioral changes that are not factored into this assumption of taxes received.

As an example, MD in 2009 started a millionaire's tax that failed to bring in revenue anticipated. Some say because there were less millionaires. Some say millionaires moved out of MD. Either way, the solution NOW for MD is to tax those making 100,000 more.

So anybody on here posting to raise taxes on the rich beware that YOU will be next. Steny Hoyer, Min whip said that this past week. So the rich are first to get slammed and those of you that hate the successful rich can be so happy, but the middle class is next. Steny Hoyer acknowledged this to be true.

Keep in mind one other miserable truth. That SS tax credit everybody has been enjoying the past couple months of 4 percent will be reinstated next year as well. It was stupid to ever touch that contribution since at some point people get use to that extra money and when reinstated it will SLOW DOWN THE ECONOMY even more.

The fiscal decisions by this administration have been gimmicks and short-term actions that are not addressing the long-term fiscal issues that are drowning us.

Look Obama named a commission. The democrats hated every suggestion. The republicans liked many of the suggestions and have offered some of their own. Just raising taxes isn't a solution.

I have spent 6 figures in the past 3 years to support a business, renovations, etc. that employed a lot of people. If my taxes go up, that will be less money I can use to keep supporting my community. This isn't rocket science.

  • 32 votes
#1.21 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:40 PM EDT

The premise that this election could be won by Romney through the electoral college votes, the darling of the Red States that dominate the lists of the poorest, under-educated, under-insured, and taking more in federal dollars than they contribute, RILES MY OLD BEHIND beyond the pale of rile.

  • 15 votes
#1.22 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:40 PM EDT

The state that collects the most welfare is Cali, a blue state. Funny how that Democrat State, is also bankrupt. Hell we even give welfare to Mexico, yea thats right you can live in Mexico, and get benefits from Cali or Texas, now thats one helluva international welfare program.

  • 38 votes
#1.23 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:40 PM EDT

In good faith, the obstructionist GOP will not bargain.

The GOP, representing the wealthiest folks, is hard hearted enough to allow taxes to increase for every American tax payer, rather than just have their 1% pals pay their fair share of taxes. The Republicans wanted to eliminate the earned income tax credit, which economically benefits the middle class and the poor. On the issue of tax increases for the gilded, the right wing is not going to look for a middle ground. The Republicans are going to "dig in." The Democrats are going to have to seek a political way to get around these reactionaries.

  • 16 votes
#1.24 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:40 PM EDT

Brenda 1964 - My understanding was the magic number is 250,000.

Who decided that? I can say the "magic number" is $17,000 a year. Why should anyone have the right to decide which minority group should be singled out for punishment?

  • 18 votes
#1.25 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:41 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTruePatriot-445959Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

What folks aren't understanding about the president's proposal to extend the Bush tax rates (for one year) for the middle class, is that the richest 2% would still get a break too. Folks only have to pay a higher tax rate on income above and beyond the $250,000 per couple -- not their entire income. So the BS about folks in expensive cities such as New York being hard hit, this is NOT true. That the Teapublicans are blocking this if friggin' mind-bending!

If the only way to get the richest 2% to start paying more of their share of taxes is to let all of the Bush tax cuts expire, than so be it. We can't continue bringing in such a low percent of GDP and expect to reduce deficits let alone operate. But it would be better to allow more time for the middle class and working poor to recover before raising their tax rates, even if these could be "tolerated."

The lower income rates don't have as much impact as the higher rates -- We're talking in the hundreds typically, and while that means a lot to poor people, they are so decimated they need WAY more than slightly lower tax rates. It's like the difference between a 98 degree day and 105 degree day--it's a hot day.

Hopefully we are moving toward an income tax code in which everyone is not taxed on the first $20,000 earned (this is just an example) and all tax credits are ended for all types on income -- though breaks on carried interest (capital gains) should be ended immediately. But this would simplify the tax code in a fair way for all. And hopefully the FICA withholding cap will be raised from $106,000 to $500,000 for Social Security as well.

Some advice to ROY and the rest of the rightwing riff raff, as with the Supreme Court upholding the Affordable Care Act, either find a new candidate or move on. Romney is over with. He's likely to just spiral downward from now on. And once people--and small businesses--see how wonderful ACA is, the Teapublican Party better get busy on a new platform too.

  • 22 votes
#1.26 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:42 PM EDT
Comment author avatarJohn-2032532Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

bobbski
We are currently enjoying the lowest taxes in close to 30 years. Idiot.

We have the highest corporate tax rate in the free world. Moron.

http://www.voanews.com/content/us-now-has-worlds-highest-corporate-tax-rate-145809525/180393.html

  • 33 votes
#1.27 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:42 PM EDT

@ ROY WILSON-336103

The top 1% make almost 80% total money in the US.

What's fair? Fair is based on amount of money they earned and the amount of money they pay. You need to look at the stats. You can't expect 99% to pay more than 50% income tax when it is almost impossible to do so.

1% make most of money, but they keep hoarding it while the 99% circulate the money daily. What's best for economic and this country?

  • 21 votes
#1.28 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:50 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTruePatriot-445959Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Touchdownplay -- Get informed. The only reason the US didn't double-dip into another recession is because of the 'stimulus." What you and your Teabagger ilk propose is the same crap of the rich not paying taxes, while everyone else suffers under austerity. What you propose is "eating the corn seed" instead of investing for future growth. Why do you rightwingers hate America so much? Please move to another country.

John-2032532 -- We've been talking about personal income tax rates. Corporate rates are another matter, which by the way, the president's proposal will affect very few business owners who file as individuals. IMO, we need to make corporate rates competitive to the global market, but then we need to end all corporate welfare subsidies, and end the ability of folks like Oprah, Paris Hilton, the Kardashians, etc. as filing as individuals. No more having it both ways (that goes for you the most Romney!).

  • 19 votes
#1.29 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:51 PM EDT

Where did you guys make up the fact that the government is taking more in taxes. It is the lowest % since the 80's. This tax increase is directed at the top 2% and I doubt any of you would see a change so stop whining. We have become a greedy nation of teabuggers. Vote for Romney and the rich keeping their money and you keeping yours, but remember they pay an average of 14% in taxes compared to most of the middle class that pays 21%

  • 17 votes
#1.30 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:51 PM EDT

John Moron,

The tax increase is for personal income as I read it and corporations wouldn't be included, but the should as they makes some of the biggest profits ever from their greedy treatment of workers and taking away benefits from so many!

  • 15 votes
#1.31 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:54 PM EDT

For a middle-income married couple with three children under age 17, this would mean at least a $1,500 tax increase since the child tax credit is set to shrink at year end from $1,500 per child to $500 per child.

The article asks if its a good idea, well sure it is! Humans are evil! Oh, and while we are at it, lets tack on a carbon credit tax too! Dont you care about children and animals! jeez

  • 7 votes
#1.32 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:55 PM EDT

all the major oil company's are not American company's, you can only tax them on American profits, Exxon last year received a 5 billion dollar tax refund, using offsets from foreign operations;

now wait until Obamacare kicks in, 19 new taxes plus the medicare tax will double in 2014.

  • 12 votes
#1.33 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:55 PM EDT

A good healthy and strong economic requires 50% of total income earn to circulate in the market. However, the problem we have is the 1% hoarding 80% of total income.

You say that the rich pay most income tax, yes because they have the most money. It is mathematically impossible for the 99% to pay more than 50% income tax when they only have 20% of total income.

  • 15 votes
#1.34 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:02 PM EDT

Nite, I don't care. Cut the entitlement programs in half. No more taxes. The millionaires, up in Washington can write a check to pay more. Warren Buffet, his old a$$ can write a check to. They wanna spend billions on welfare let them pay for it. George Clooney can hold a tax party, and collect the checks. I don't give a sh*t if we go into a depression, that is what we deserve.

  • 17 votes
#1.35 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:07 PM EDT

NO.


We are already taxed, and re-taxed, and re-taxed enough. People have to have money to spend it and provide jobs. That broadens the tax base.


Why not just make the taxes 90% and see what happens. Everybody will lose everything. The government will be rich for one year...........then all will be lost.

  • 21 votes
#1.36 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:12 PM EDT

Otherwise you're being hypocritical if you say - "Raise someone else's taxes, but leave mine alone" when complaining about not enough money for social services. If the top 20% of income earners are already paying 90% of all federal income taxes, just how much do you think is their 'fair share'?

using the percentage of all taxes collected reflects the vast difference and over compensation of the wealthy and redistribution of wealth from the cuts in taxes for this group over 3 decades.

Using Romney's tax rate for example, of 13%-15% .The top 20% pay only 13%-15%and they are capable of paying 70% of all the taxes collected. (not 90%) How absurdly over compensated must these people be to have that kind of wealth? They own 84% of all the wealth . Why are only the top few prospering from all that is produced and why are they not paying a far higher percentage of their earnings than someone making $30 per year?

They use our infrastructure and military etc far more than any other class.

  • 14 votes
#1.37 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:12 PM EDT

who are they going to raise taxes on , when we are all unemployed ? the lobbyist ?

  • 16 votes
#1.38 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:14 PM EDT

KeenInsight

Your argument doesn't make sense! Your trying to blur the lines between individuals and corporations to insight class bias. Individual wage earners that make over 200k and families that make more than 250k are insulated from corporations which earn hundreds of billions. Worse still is that the top 2% pay the majority of the taxes in this nation and the corporate rates for taxes are the highest in the world! Yet you and others would take even more forcing them off shore where the tax man cannot reach and decreasing the numbers of the top 2% of wage earners so that the amount they contribute will likely shrink instead of increase. You are also confusing capital gains and income taxes which are at quite different rates. A lot of the income of the Bill Gates crowd is in fact capital gains which is taxed at a much lower rate than the 35% top rate for income. Before you back any plan to raise revenues, you might want to understand what you are talking about and how rate increases will actually affect those revenues.

  • 9 votes
#1.39 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:16 PM EDT

shamrock, the leprechaun with the sign of the devil, how apres peau (that's French, Romney can tell you).

No country can operate with revenue below 20% of GDP for very long. Especially a country that needs to reduce deficits -- The deficits that were caused in part due to Bush's unpaid wars, but most of the debt is a result of the Bush tax cuts for the rich.

To operate at proper levels, revenue needs to be closer to 22% of GDP. We are currently around 18% of GDP. Teabaggers who think we can continue at this ratio, or lower (some propose 16% of GDP) are nothing but unpatriotic anarchists. As posted above, we'll be happy to show you to the door...

archangel 3:16 -- What are you, in cahoots with the sign of the devil dude? Seriously, there is a chart that shows what Americans think would be ideal, then what they think the distribution of wealth really is, and then the chart showing the REAL distribution. If folks realized how much wealth is concentrated at the top--most of it in the hands of a few hundred people. they would freak out. Of course these folks pay what seems to be a lot of taxes -- because they make such a sh!t load of money!

  • 14 votes
#1.40 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:16 PM EDT

"We work hard for our money!"

We all do. What is unfair are the blatantly preferential tax loopholes that benefit no one except the rich. One reason that Romney is parking unreported assets in Bermuda is because they are inexplicably taxed at much lower rates than investments located in the US. Middle class investors can't put their money in funds located in Bermuda or the Cayman Islands as the uber rich like Mitt do. We simply do not have access to these special, extremely discrete operations as Willard does. If Etch-A-Sketch ever releases his tax returns, I am confident people will be staggered at the exotic locales in which his money is safely tucked away as well as the shockingly low rates at which they are taxed. These investments may be technically legal (Swiss bank accounts not so much) but they are definitely unethical. Therefore, close the loopholes and tax the greedy rich at the same rates we are taxed.

http://www.npr.org/2012/07/13/156701493/why-would-romney-bury-treasure-in-bermuda

http://www.politifact.com/truth-o-meter/statements/2012/jul/10/robert-gibbs/democrats-say-mitt-romney-failed-disclose-offshore/

  • 20 votes
#1.41 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:18 PM EDT

You all realize this is smoke and mirrors no matter which party you are discussing. Much of the top 2%(not all) get their wages in deferred comp. Deferred comp is happily for them only taxed at a 15% rate. So no matter what, unless Obama is talking about raising the taxes on the many freebees the wealthy take advantage of then their tax rate will not go up.

The GOP argues and withholds because they want taxes to go up on the middle class so they can a: squawk about Obama or b: make a big show of giving the middle class a couple of hundred bucks a bit later. The Dems argue and withhold because for them and their party it's best to keep the tax cuts for the middle class in place so they get elected again.

So realize, no matter what the outcome of this monumental test of wills, the tax rate for the rich will not go up, but because the Republicans hold a majority in the House and may be able to block it, the taxes will go up on the middle class.

But please, vote more of them into office, because you know, they have our um, best interest... I'm sorry I just can't go on. I'm laughing too hard.

  • 9 votes
#1.42 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:23 PM EDT

Those people who were put on Food stamps because of rich republicans will remeber whoo forced them to go on the. The GREEDY RICH BANKSTERS AND WALLSTREETERS who along with Bush crashed the economy and their jobs.

Why are repubs creating VOTER SUPPRESSION laws to stop the elderly, the young, and the poor from voting? Because thet are screwing them over by trying to kill Social security, education and student loans low interest rates, and kill food stamps and social plans they keep them afloat. They don't want those people to vote because repubs are exposed to hurting them directly. PAY BACK is coming at the voting booths.repubs Laugh at food stampers an will pay the price for putting them on the program.

Vote Obama/Biden............Pay back for repubs destroying Job, education, and social programs for the poor.

  • 11 votes
#1.43 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:24 PM EDT

Lulu, thanks! Spend that money and let's get the economy going you jobs creator you. :-)

  • 4 votes
#1.44 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:28 PM EDT
Comment author avatarRightwingwacExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

True

As usual you're totally wrong. The top 2% would not get Bush tax breaks next year. Even if they did it doesn't matter, raising taxes won't solve anything. It's proven over and over and over again. Take it all and the debt is not dented. If it would solve the problem the tyranals (that's you) would have evidence of how an increase in taxes would actually pay down the debt. It won't because the government refuses to truly cut any serious spending. Not Medicaid or Medicare, or SS, but departments and divisions of government that are a complete bureaucratic waste. I'll agree to give a little more as soon as they agree to eliminate the federal department of education and the EPA mmmkay?

Oh, and you spouting off about government spending needed to pay for teachers and firefighters? MY GOD that's hilarious. Who would ever think a tyranal (that's you again) would bring a nonsensical talking point like that up? Yeah, we need to spend billions, hell make it trillions of dollars hiring hundreds of thousands, no, millions of new teachers. Yep, that will solve everything. What an illogical argument.

You Tyranal's (you,you,you) and your f-ed up continuous drivel about "we need to hire more teachers", why? so we can produce more libtarted drooling tyranal idiots? Man, your drivel gets funnier every time I see it.

barack: "umm we need buzzwords that everyone will umm relate to, let's see; uuhhh, union members love teachers right? Yeah, that's a good start we'll say we need teachers in every other sentence from now on. Did you hear that speechwriters? Make sure you mention something about uuuhhh teachers on every other line. If I don't uuhhh read something about needing teachers in every other line of every speech I make from uuummm now on someones ass is history. Now, ummm, is there anything else that we should uuhhh say? Hey how about firefighters? Yeah, ummm firefighters became heroes after that whole Bush planned 911 attack and a bunch of them died didn't they? Uuhhh, yeah, I think we lost some firefighters in that thing so lets use the term firefighters as much as possible. In fact lets group the term firefighters with the term uuhhh teachers in every other sentence. That will get all of my minion sheep to think I actually uhhh give a rip about sentimental things don't you think? Never mind, ummm, I don't care what you think I'll just run it by the boss; Uuhhh, michelle? Let me run another genius campaign strategy by you sugar lips."

  • 14 votes
#1.45 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:29 PM EDT

Cuong...

LMAO, I would bet that the 1 % spends a heck of a lot. They are not going to hoard anything to the extent you think. I am sure that not all of them eat at micky D's on a daily basis, drive subcompacts or live in 2 bedroom homes.

  • 1 vote
#1.46 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:32 PM EDT

John Moron,

That "corporate tax rate" is before the corporate tax lawyers find the holes in the tax laws. Several very large corporations paid NO income taxes this year, and the average rate was about 18 percent, far from the world's highest:

  • "Pepco Holdings Inc, a Washington, D.C.-area power company, had the lowest effective tax rate, at negative 57.6 percent, among the 280 Fortune 500 companies studied.The statutory U.S. corporate income tax rate is 35 percent, one of the highest in the world; but over the 2008-2010 period, very few of the companies studied paid it, said the report."

http://www.reuters.com/article/2011/11/03/us-usa-tax-corporate-idUSTRE7A261C20111103

  • 11 votes
#1.47 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:35 PM EDT

Larry

Hell yes raise the taxes back to the 2001 level. The whole country started falling apart after the Bush tax cuts

Larry, Larry, Larry. The economy started falling apart in June 2000. Experts agree that the US headed into a recession that month, and 6 months later, in January 2001 unemployment began to rise. The bush Tax cuts were approved in mid October and did not take effect until January 1 2002. Funny how Obama gets a Stimulus passed in 2 or 3 months and tax cuts take 9 months to get an real spending cuts never seem to happen.

Unemployment peaked in June 2003 - 18 months later. Unemployment began to drop. Revenues also began to climb as people became employed crating 3 of the highest increases in revenue in history. That is three of the highest revenue increase done by cutting taxes, NOT RAISING THEM!

The crash wasn't anything to do with Taxes or spending. It was about giving mortgages to people who didn't really qualify, at the blessing of Congress. This inflated home prices causing banks to lend more than they could have otherwise. When the foreclosures hit the market the housing prices collapsed. When prices collapsed, that made the banks insolvent an other investors who buy loans as securities either bankrupt greatly devalued.

This wasn't Bush's policy, it was politically correct goverments meddling in society.

The problem today is too many people are broke to spend, and business won't spend unless they are pretty certain they will see a profit. Some would like to spend, but Obama may have offered reduced interest an paper work to apply for loans, but raised requirements on bank loan to asset values and increased downpayments making business getting loans when the need them more difficult.

  • 16 votes
#1.48 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:35 PM EDT
Comment author avatarRightwingwacExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

True

You obviously drank the bong water if you think ACA is wonderful. That one is stupendous! The information you don't have could fill a terabyte. "The ACA is wonderful". Oh man that's precious.

barack is doomed! He's a loser and it's just taken a little while for people to get past his bull shi% charm. Satan himself wouldn't show up with his horns exposed. barack is a deceitful snake oil salesman and it will be a glorious day when a majority of the people (the smart ones) in this country send him packing. You're gibberish gives your freighted position away. Keep hoping.

bye bye barack!

  • 15 votes
#1.49 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:36 PM EDT

True Patriot, Then you better show President Obama the door.

Romney 2012.

  • 11 votes
#1.50 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:37 PM EDT

Thank you, Shamrock. At least you are being honest to say you don't care if America goes into a depression. BTW, CA pays MORE in federal dollars than it takes in federal dollars. The traditional Red States dominate the list of who TAKES more in federal benefits than they pay in federal taxes.

I will vote for a party that CARES we don't go into a depression, because the WE, in We the People, is us.

  • 10 votes
#1.51 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:39 PM EDT

Sherrie

Corporations do not receive back more money than they pay in taxes unless they qualify for a tax credit and even those can be held to a the limit of what was paid in.

Companies pay quarterly taxes. If they made those payments and find that they made less profit, yes, they will get a refund - and in effect paid no taxes on their corporate return. What an inventive way to lya about a corporation.

  • 4 votes
#1.52 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:40 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTouchdownplayExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

TruePatriot-445959,

How about you use those food stamps to buy some cheese to go with your whine.

  • 11 votes
#1.53 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:44 PM EDT

Without a tax hike how will the public sector retire at 50

  • 6 votes
#1.54 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:47 PM EDT

Sherrie-299765 reminds of the a most basic simple fact -- the matter of the effective rate, which is the rate folks or businesses actually pay. This is the main reason corporate rates need to apply to business, and individual rates need to apply to individuals, and no mixing of the two.

During the housing bubble -- have folks forgotten about this fiasco? -- lenders came up with what was called a "no-doc" loan. The reason why they had to come up with this is because there are SO many business owners out there, for example a doctor with his own practice, etc. that use write-offs to show zero income. Because they show zero income, they couldn't qualify for mortgages. Get it?!!!

Those who are evading taxes (besides Romney and his ilk) are your neighbors, and your doctor in the richest 5%. Just as Romney ends up paying only a 13-14% tax rate, if we look at what corporations actually pay -- the effective rate, it is way below the 35%. This is why we must end the loopholes BEFORE we reduce ANY rates for the rich and/or corporations!

Pay your damn taxes, or get the hell out. YOU, you are the problem, not the government.

  • 10 votes
#1.55 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:48 PM EDT

Your welcome, NiteOwlett.

  • 1 vote
#1.56 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:49 PM EDT

Two of the favorite crying points for the Oblama Dems:

Pay your 'fair share'. (Who determines fair share?)

Only increase your taxes 1 or 2 percent. (And next year, 1 or 2 percent, and the next year, and the next year.....)

  • 5 votes
#1.57 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:49 PM EDT
Comment author avatarTruePatriot-445959Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Touchdownplay -- We know you and other are paid trolls to "swoop and poop" in order to collapse free speech. STFU and go rape your own in the FOX Nation Big House. Pathetic!

  • 10 votes
#1.58 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:51 PM EDT

LMAO.

  • 2 votes
#1.59 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:52 PM EDT

I find it mind boggling how people keep saying the rich need to pay their fair share when nearly 50% pay nothing...and don't start on sales tax and such because the rich pay more of that as well...I would be happy to see them let all the tax cuts expire...not some...and no I am far from rich...I have one of those evil pathetic $10=$15/hour jobs...you know the one that is not worth taking.I can make plenty of extra money working under the table anyway so will pay whatever I feel is fair to begin with...it really don't matter what they make the tax rate to me...I will pay what % I think is fair.

I would much rather see a fair tax system where everyone pays a fair share...rich and poor...a set % that everyone pays...or even give the fair tax a try...let everyone have a stake in it.The fair tax would even put a stop to not paying taxes working side jobs and getting paid cash...if you spend it you will pay the tax.

I may not agree 100% with either party but I am pretty sure I will be voting Rep this year as I just can not stand the Robin Hood idea the Dems seem to have anymore. What ever happened to someone taking care of themselves and having a little self respect.

  • 13 votes
#1.60 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:54 PM EDT

I find it hard to believe that all you guys make over $250,000 a year. and you are going to be affected so badly. It's going to be so bad when you can't take out your $750,000 yaucht for a week end. You would swear that he was raising taxes on people that make $55,000 a year. I don't think half the nuts here read past the headline than straight to the remarks. Thank goodness you can only put in 2 cents worth, I couldn't stand it if you put in 5 cents worth.

  • 8 votes
#1.61 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:55 PM EDT

@american-2051576

It seems you are clueless on what you are saying.

Every news since 2008 has said the big corporation has trillions of money sitting somewhere and refuse to spend on anything.

Keep up the news, would you?

  • 7 votes
#1.62 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:57 PM EDT

So if the top 20% of income earners already pays 90% of the income taxes

Ah, the good old "but they already pay the most in taxes" argument. Not only is it old, it's framed in such a dishonest and incomplete manner that it becomes practically irrelevant. The top 20% paid 70% of federal income taxes, yes, but that's because they have 75% of the country's wealth. And that doesn't take into account state and local taxes, which if you consider, the share of taxes paid by the top 20% is significantly smaller.

So, no, by no means are top earners paying a fair share.

  • 10 votes
#1.63 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:00 PM EDT

The nerve of democrats wanting to raise taxes on themselves and their brother republican representatives.

Remember it is a 70% consumer based economy! When the price of overhead goes up then the price of products will as well.

This is what happens when capitalism is capitalized.

Pick a party.

  • 5 votes
#1.64 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:04 PM EDT
Comment author avatarLiarsInPolitics=duhExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

TurdPatriot,

All I hear from you is the usual liberal rhetoric. Teabagger this, Teapublican that. I am an idependent who actually voted for Obama last election. Your polarizing views are extremely annoying and just downright hateful. People like you are exactly what's wrong with politics these days: my view is always right and you're wrong. Arrogance and what I refer to as cranium/rectum inversion syndrom.

Now you STFU!!!

  • 10 votes
#1.65 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:05 PM EDT

Folks, three things: 1) W2 employees are subjected to what's called "third party reporting" of income that the self-employed/business do NOT do--they can make sh!t up; 2) what is called the "effective tax rate" is the actual rate paid, which is much lower because these entities make sh!t up; and 3) they have a gazillion more loopholes than you'll ever have in order to make sh!t up.

It's not even about "paying" by the rules as Romney claims, or per the IRS game idiot Lindsey Graham referred to -- Yes, it's rigged, and what's worse, these unpatriotic unethical douchebags have convinced about 35% of the population, otherwise known as Teabaggers, that the rich and corporations DESERVE to benefit from said rigged system!

The rich, especially the richest 1% are NOT "job creators." Even so-called small businesses are not the "job creators." DEMAND creates jobs, and the demand that creates jobs comes from the 98% middle class and working poor. When the 95-98% (under $250,000) do well, everyone does well including businesses and the rich.

The decimation of the middle class is why our economy sucks. To support continued GOP/Bush-era policies (on steroids under Romney the plutocrat) would be disastrous -- Obama/Biden - 2012!

No troll, you're not "LMAO," more like lolz. Go fap somewhere else.

  • 11 votes
#1.66 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:08 PM EDT

Touchdownplay -- Get informed. The only reason the US didn't double-dip into another recession is because of the 'stimulus." What you and your Teabagger ilk propose is the same crap of the rich not paying taxes, while everyone else suffers under austerity. What you propose is "eating the corn seed" instead of investing for future growth. Why do you rightwingers hate America so much? Please move to another country.

John-2032532 -- We've been talking about personal income tax rates. Corporate rates are another matter, which by the way, the president's proposal will affect very few business owners who file as individuals. IMO, we need to make corporate rates competitive to the global market, but then we need to end all corporate welfare subsidies, and end the ability of folks like Oprah, Paris Hilton, the Kardashians, etc. as filing as individuals. No more having it both ways (that goes for you the most Romney!).

Of course the rich seem to pay a lot in taxes, because they make a sh!t load of money.

  • 7 votes
#1.67 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:10 PM EDT

A buddy of mine is rich and he is one of the hirers. I asked him if I could get a job. His answer was no. But he elaborated. He said one of the secret rhetorical questions hirers ask themselves is " would he kill women and children for money" and he said I would never do that.

It is what it is because we allow it to be.

  • 1 vote
#1.68 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:11 PM EDT

The tax raise is stupid, it raises 40 billion and what does that do to help the close to 1 trillion again that this waste of a president is going to put us into debt. Instead ease the tax burden and the people that own businesses will start to hire, but I doubt it until the wasted Obamacare is repealed because this will tax all businesses to oblivion. But then that is Obama's desire, make all businesses get ran by the government since they in his disillusioned mind would be better ran by a government that does nothing but put us further in debt. Anyone but Obama in 2012!

  • 5 votes
#1.69 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:12 PM EDT

Can the economy tolerate a tax increase? Absolutely. We need to stop believing the right wing sooth sayers and look at the truth.

The truth is that lower taxes at the high end encourages corporate profit taking, extreme executive paydays, and vulture sell-offs. As long as greed can get fed with a 15% transition fee from corporate money to personal money, the top executives will comntinue to take money out of the economy instead of reinvesting in their own companies.

Low taxes at the high end (income over $1 Million) is costing jobs. Higher taxes at the high end will encourage reinvesting in one's business.

This isn't just about a 3.6% tax hike. The fact that the rich can take money out of the system and hide it in off-shore accounts for only 15% says that we need to push the capital gains rate back up to where regular income is... say 40%.

The greedy rich free ride needs to end. As long as they continue this asinine myth that raising their taxes will cost jobs or otherwise stall the economy, they will continue to rape us with fantastic paydays, no business expansions, and no jobs.

Let the taxes rise. Double the capital gains. Let's get back to the business of running a true balance sheet... that has an income side as well as an expense side. Let's stop this false narrative before they take it all and we're left with nothing for the middle class.

  • 9 votes
#1.70 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:14 PM EDT

For a middle-income married couple with three children under age 17, this would mean at least a $1,500 tax increase since the child tax credit is set to shrink at year end from $1,500 per child to $500 per child.

Well, Mr. Obama says this "TAX INCREASE" will ONLY affect MILLIONAIRES. Yeah, right !! The above is only ONE example that Americans affected ARE NOT MILLIONAIRES.

Meanwhile, back in the real world......the Child Tax Credit is going to shrink to $ 500 per child ? Yep, it will target LAW ABIDING American citizens. Oh this is just great, that will mean the Illegal Aliens (Immigrants) claiming the Additional Child Tax Credit for children, NOT RELATED, living in Mexico will only get about $ 1,500,000,000 of American taxpayer money annually instead of the $ 2,400,000,000 annually.

Mr. Obama Chicago politics and getting those Democratic votes anyone ? The failed agenda just keeps coming from the White House. Hmmmm, wonder how much involvement in this issue is coming from the East Wing ?

Yeah, those "big corporations" hoarding the money they earned and sitting on the money because of the continued UNCERTAINTY Mr. Obama has placed on capitalism through HIS failed socialist agenda. Double shame on you, corporations.

  • 6 votes
#1.71 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:15 PM EDT

TruePatriot look into some watch groups and the government records and over 1/2 of the stimulus went to foreign companies, American companies that used foreign workers, or Companies that purchased all their goods from foreign firms. So the only people the stimulus really helped were foreigners, and foreign companies and all it did for us was to stick our children into terrible debt. Next time check facts before you post!

  • 9 votes
#1.72 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:15 PM EDT

@TruePatriot

As opposed to Feisty Red and others like you that are paid to contribute on this left wing faux news blog? Everytime someone responds with points you can't counter intelligently you regurgitate the Leftist parties talking points of Fox News, Koch Brothers, Willard, blah, blah, blah. Its sickening.

How about working together instead of trying to create class warfare? How about closing all loop holes including mortgage interest, child tax credits and all corporate exemptions? How about everyone pay a little more to dig us out? How about trimming budgets in order to get our deficit under control? How about real fiance reform including elimination of corporation and union contributions to candidates. How about the elimination of lifetime salary and benefits for our elected officials? How about real healthcare reform instaed of the insurance reform based on deal President Obama made with the insurance compainies and big pharma?

Both extremes are the cause for the problems we're in and until we work together its never going to get better.

  • 11 votes
#1.73 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:20 PM EDT

Let's see when all this dept was made it was made with congress under democratic control they did not have to pass Obama care, they did not have to pass 800 billion in stimulus package, they did not have to pass cash for clunkers, they did not have to pass the GM bail out. Why do you never hear a democrat who is in congress crying they will be paying the same amount of taxes as the one percent because they will not be paying any more than they do today you have to ask why. Obama promised 50 million green jobs but because he could not do it he has the labor department put just about every job class as a green job. Just like welfare Obama changed it to if you sit all day and do nothing that is the same as working. Obama looking for votes in every corner of the country he know he can't run on his record because he has none to run on.

  • 1 vote
#1.74 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:22 PM EDT

The rate right-wingers are going at, pretty soon we will start naming battleships after corporations. USS IBM-The Exxon Aircraft Carrier. Sam Walton face will become the dollar bill, Bill Gates on the ten, David Koch on the twenty. At least I hope they put Oprah face on the quarter, making it the face African American face on a US currency.

Yes folks, their goal is to get rid of the damn government and privatize everything. Just that, when the Police Chief becomes a CEO of "Safe and Security Company" those speeding tickets will be tied to Wall Street expectations.

  • 2 votes
#1.75 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:22 PM EDT

Brenda1964

My understanding was the magic number is 250,000

Brenda how can you even get involved in this conversation since you didn't even read the article? It clearly stated in the beginning that Obama wants the cut off at 200k. Anything you say after that is useless since you don't even know the numbers involved.

President Barack Obama tries to persuade Congress to raise income tax rates on people with incomes over $200,000

  • 3 votes
#1.76 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:27 PM EDT

The 1% can tolerate higher taxes. They are the only group that is doing great in this economy. Funny how that works, since they caused it and all.

  • 6 votes
#1.77 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:39 PM EDT

The right likes to call Obama the food stamp president but ignore the fact Obama hasn't done anything to make food stamps easier for the poor to get there's simply more poor after Bush's economic collapse. Don't they think 5 million or so losing their jobs in Bush's last 1/2 year had something to do with more on food stamps?

  • 10 votes
#1.78 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:41 PM EDT

A wholesale tax increase is a NO-NO, even though Bush's tax cut for the rich is one of main culprits for the recession. Bush's tax cut is wrong, increasing tax gradually is a good idea.

but a better way would be - studying the tax codes and closing many corporate loopholes. There are too many unnecessary giveaways.

When the economy is back on track, it's time for tax increase, especially on those earning $200,000 or more.

  • 5 votes
#1.79 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:15 PM EDT

Making the case for the Republicans, GOP Senate GOPP Whip Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona told Gregory, “We're not talking about giving tax cuts to anyone. All we're asking is don't raise taxes on all Americans, and especially don't raise taxes on the people who create the business. When you say that the high income earners, the top 20 percent, pay 90 percent of the taxes, what should they pay, 99 percent? These are the people who have enough money to invest in businesses and to create jobs.” The tax increase that Obama is proposing “falls directly on those job creators,” Kyl said.

Oh bull@!$%#. First of all, the wealthy are not the job creators. And to be fair, only 2% are going to pay higher taxes. Those 2% are not the center of growth or innovation or job creation; it's the bottom 99%. More accurately, it is the middle class. The wealthy do own the "fuel" of the economy, capital and investment assets, but without the engine (aka consumption), the economy cannot move. Secondly, we the American people cannot keep deluding ourselves that we can afford to have public education, social safety nets, and roads while cutting taxes down to 0. We have to accept that the days of lower taxes are OVER. We must tighten our belts and accept higher taxes and fewer benefits, unless the next generation is supposed to fend for themselves and thank their parents for the mess that they will inherit. And finally, we must all admit that these lower tax rates have come a a price: failing schools, crumbling roads, and abysmal economic performance. That is why, I advocate the repeal of ALL the Bush tax cuts, which would save about $4 trillion over the next decade, and reform the tax code, but keep rates the same or higher. We will devote the majority of the savings of that and further deficit reduction measures (entitlement reform, defense cuts) to paying the debt, and the rest to rebuilding our infrastructure, fixing our schools, overhauling healthcare, and investing in things like green energy and research and development.

lulu98

The estate that my husband and I have accumulated after starting with nothing does not need to be confiscated by the various governments. If the estate taxes increase I will spend every dime before I will let that happen.

The estate tax is roughly 45% for estates over $5 million. Unless you have that much, you won't pay any estate taxes. And by the way, go ahead and spend every dime of that money; not only will you be depriving your heir(s)/heiress(es) of their inheritance, but you will also be depriving people of things like better roads, schools, or security. Not paying your taxes is unpatriotic; the main reason why the founding fathers started the revolution was because they had no say in what was being demanded of them in Parliament, not because they were being taxed.

theboys

So let's say they do raise the taxes on those making 200,000/250,000 and are able to collect another 80 billion. We are running deficits over 1 trillion and so that paltry amount won't help with the fiscal problem much at all. Add the other tax on the that same group mentioned in this article of 20 billion that comes to 100 billion. So less than 10 percent. The question is increasing taxes causes behavioral changes that are not factored into this assumption of taxes received.

But, if you take it quantitatively, the total tax increases would be about $1 trillion over the next decade. That is about 14% of our cumulative deficits over the same period, which is pretty good.

As an example, MD in 2009 started a millionaire's tax that failed to bring in revenue anticipated. Some say because there were less millionaires. Some say millionaires moved out of MD. Either way, the solution NOW for MD is to tax those making 100,000 more.

The problem with states doing that is that millionaires can move their money (and themselves) more easily than moving to another country.

So anybody on here posting to raise taxes on the rich beware that YOU will be next. Steny Hoyer, Min whip said that this past week. So the rich are first to get slammed and those of you that hate the successful rich can be so happy, but the middle class is next. Steny Hoyer acknowledged this to be true.

Well, I frankly don't care if I'm going to be taxed. I say repeal the Bush tax cuts for EVERYONE and raise taxes across the board, although gradually.

Keep in mind one other miserable truth. That SS tax credit everybody has been enjoying the past couple months of 4 percent will be reinstated next year as well. It was stupid to ever touch that contribution since at some point people get use to that extra money and when reinstated it will SLOW DOWN THE ECONOMY even more.

Funny how some conservatives wanted that tax credit to go back up to 6.2% while they bitched about 3.6 percentage points for wealthiest Americans...

The fiscal decisions by this administration have been gimmicks and short-term actions that are not addressing the long-term fiscal issues that are drowning us.

Look Obama named a commission. The democrats hated every suggestion. The republicans liked many of the suggestions and have offered some of their own. Just raising taxes isn't a solution.

First of all, the administration signed in $2.1 trillion in spending cuts, and offered to cut the deficit by $4 trillion with spending cuts and revenue increases, and entitlements may or may not have been in that deal. Secondly, that $4 trillion deal was BASED off of the Simpson Bowles commission, which urged Congress to cut spending AND raise taxes. Democrats had exceptions for the entitlement cuts, while Republicans balked at any new revenues. All the offerings that the GOP suggested were partisan and right-wing; not one of them was a serious offer to reduce the deficit in a fair and balanced manner.

I have spent 6 figures in the past 3 years to support a business, renovations, etc. that employed a lot of people. If my taxes go up, that will be less money I can use to keep supporting my community. This isn't rocket science.

Unfortunately, if you want to cut the debt, you have to raise taxes. Or else you're just gonna have to cut education, cut Medicare, cut social programs, and stick it to the little guy just to keep the damn tax cuts that ONLY benefit the wealthiest Americans. That is class warfare, and the right has been waging it for 30 years.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 7 votes
#1.80 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:16 PM EDT

True Patriot you are full of it! Name the tax loopholes small businesses get! You can't because you don't have a clue. I own a "small business" and there is only 1 tax incentive I ever received. I've have used 3 of the top 40 accounting firms in this country and if these gazillion" loopholes existed I think I'd know about them Just more penis envy from someone who wants to blame someone else for their failures!

  • 10 votes
#1.81 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:18 PM EDT

Please feel free to correct me if I am wrong. Some time ago I read that Obama decided to change the way corporations were taxed. Originally, if located in another country they would pay that country's rate and the difference between the USA rate and the other country would be paid to the USA. I understand Obama changed that to allowing offshore corporations to only pay their hosting countries tax rate and forget about ours.

We are in for a world of hurt. I think we should just let those corporations (too big to fail) leave and not let the door hit them on their backside. Yes there would be a couple years of hurt while we rebuild our country but at least it would be OUR country. These too big to fail companies hamper development and innovation due to economies of scale. No one has any viable idea how to fix the mess we are in. We all know we can rebuild, invent, and grow because we have already proven we can. Do we hurt and come out no better on the other side or get rid of the corporations and hurt, knowing we can come out on the other side with something more?

If corporations are people too, then tax the corporations as you tax the people.

  • 1 vote
#1.82 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:36 PM EDT

DB Akron

Larry

Hell yes raise the taxes back to the 2001 level. The whole country started falling apart after the Bush tax cuts

Larry, Larry, Larry. The economy started falling apart in June 2000. Experts agree that the US headed into a recession that month, and 6 months later, in January 2001 unemployment began to rise. The bush Tax cuts were approved in mid October and did not take effect until January 1 2002. Funny how Obama gets a Stimulus passed in 2 or 3 months and tax cuts take 9 months to get an real spending cuts never seem to happen.

That's because economists (and politicians, at least before the Teapublican Revolution) for the most part agree that spending money on stimulus helps the economy. There is more uncertainty about the effect of tax cuts, though. And in 2001, the Bush tax cuts only passed when Dick Cheney overcame the 50-50 vote. It takes a while to fix the tax laws, since everyone pays at a fixed date.

Unemployment peaked in June 2003 - 18 months later. Unemployment began to drop. Revenues also began to climb as people became employed crating 3 of the highest increases in revenue in history. That is three of the highest revenue increase done by cutting taxes, NOT RAISING THEM!

Oh bull@!$%#. Revenues increased because the economy "recovered." I put that in quotes because the real reason our economy got out of the 2001 recession was because of the housing bubble, which created construction and service jobs, boosting employment and thus government revenues. Tax cuts had a negligible effect on the recovery; ask the Tax Policy Center. And by the way, Reagan increased taxes in 1982, the biggest tax hike of that era, which increased revenues by 1% of GDP. If you really wanted to see if revenues increased, check revenues to GDP, since that takes out inflation. We only got close to 18% (the 50-year average) because of the housing bubble, and only near 2007.

The crash wasn't anything to do with Taxes or spending. It was about giving mortgages to people who didn't really qualify, at the blessing of Congress. This inflated home prices causing banks to lend more than they could have otherwise. When the foreclosures hit the market the housing prices collapsed. When prices collapsed, that made the banks insolvent an other investors who buy loans as securities either bankrupt greatly devalued.

Not quite. The economy collapsed in part because of the housing collapse, but only because we had lax regulations when it came to securities. Banks were able to give subprime mortgages to people who couldn't afford it, cheating them out, and with their balance sheets already heavily leverage thanks to 30 years of financial deregulation, they couldn't handle the bubble burst. That, combined with other risky bets made by the financial industry (via "shadow banks" and the combinations of investment and commercial banks) blew up the economy, causing a credit crunch. Businesses like Mervyns and Circuit City folded due to a lack of credit and large loss of customers, who had massive consumer debts thanks to stagnate wages and were unable to spend more money. People were laid off, businesses collapsed or restructured, all because of lax regulation. But theoretically, the Bush tax cuts (and the past 30 years of trickle-down economic policies) increased income inequality and (thanks to corporations firing workers thanks to anti-union government policies) a lack of rising wages, forcing consumers to borrow instead of save and racking up huge debts.

This wasn't Bush's policy, it was politically correct goverments meddling in society.

Actually, it was trickle-down economic policy that did us in.

The problem today is too many people are broke to spend, and business won't spend unless they are pretty certain they will see a profit. Some would like to spend, but Obama may have offered reduced interest an paper work to apply for loans, but raised requirements on bank loan to asset values and increased downpayments making business getting loans when the need them more difficult.

Yes, the lack of financially solvent people has a huge impact on the economy. However, we don't need to bow to the interests of the businesses and enact "pro-growth" policies like tax cuts and deregulation; we could easily pump billions of dollars into the economy via investments in infrastructure, expanding unemployment benefits, and giving states grants to use to hire more public-sector workers. Spending is a much more guaranteed way to stimulate the economy, and doing that can create millions of jobs, drastically increasing demand and causing businesses to invest more, regardless of the regulatory situation or of uncertainty. Enough with this uncertainty crap; when the private sector cannot or will not spend, the government should. That is how you fix an economy. And the notion of "easy credit" caused this economy to collapse. Tightening credit to those who can afford to accept or give it is a good way to protect the system.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 5 votes
#1.83 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:42 PM EDT

Freedom should be balanced by equality, that is justice -

yeah, Americans have the freedom to make as much money we want, but there are other goals in political life, such as the basic sense of fairness.

Bush's tax cut for the rich is not fair.

The money many have earned is often not just an indication of your hard work, it's also government policy that favors you, such as rebates and other subsidies government gives you for you to have incentives to work in your area.

The government should also support others too, then there is a conflict in using tax money. Government should be fair, should not just favor one over the other, should take care of ALL.

  • 5 votes
#1.84 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:48 PM EDT

Don't they think 5 million or so losing their jobs in Bush's last 1/2 year had something to do with more on food stamps?

But if it were truly Bush's policies that caused five million job losses in the last six months of his presidency wouldn't we have seen job losses the entire eight years Bush was in office? More and more I'm buying into the theory that says the impending election of Obama caused those 5 million job losses. It would also explain why Obama has been unable to fix the problem in spite of spending trillions - Obama can't fix the problem because he is the problem....

  • 5 votes
#1.85 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:56 PM EDT

reshiee - two questions. First, what happens when we run out of borrowed money to "invest in infrastructure" and all those people lose their jobs (kind of like what is happening now at the state and local levels)?

Second - if the "recovery" you spoke about during the Bush first term was a "bubble" in housing, why does the President want to again favor home owners over renters, and want to make it easier for people to "revalue" their homes, and "invest (borrow) more money to "stimulate" the housing and construction market? Seems that as you point out, this is a failed strategy and one that we know will not work, but will produce another "bubble" for the next President and Congress to have to deal with?

This is what I don't get about liberals. They think the money pot is endless, and that any borrowing is good as long as you call it "investment". Foodstamps aren't an investment. Neither are government jobs.

We tried government stimulus, and it was an utter failure. Obama's own projections showed that his $800 billion stimulus would result in unemployment dropping to 5.7% by 2012. He also projected that he would cut the annual deficit in half. He has failed completely at both, so why in the world would anyone vote for more of the same?

He is a terrible President, a great guy if you want to insult your opponent, and a great fundraiser. As a leader and a President, by his own measure, he has failed.

  • 5 votes
#1.86 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:04 PM EDT

"The new tax will collect $20 billion in revenues next year, increasing to nearly $40 billion a year by 2019." This say it all... how will this solve the 1+ Trillion dollar spending spree or government is on?

  • 6 votes
#1.87 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:17 PM EDT

CuongDNguyen "@ ROY WILSON-336103 The top 1% make almost 80% total money in the US."

You're confused. The top 1% make about 19% of the income in the US, but pay about 37% of the income taxes. Here's a link;

http://mjperry.blogspot.com/2007/11/top-1-earn-19-of-income-but-pay-37-of.html

  • 6 votes
#1.88 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:35 PM EDT

TurdPatriot

Are you 13 or just irremediably dumb?

  • 3 votes
#1.89 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:36 PM EDT

Hey "Truepatriot". couldn't be a more inappropriate name

To touchdown you say this: "We know you and other are paid trolls to "swoop and poop" in order to collapse free speech. STFU and go rape your own in the FOX Nation Big House. Pathetic!

Man you talk a big game but the reality is that you act like a complete intellectually sissy that can't defend the bs you spatter. So you resort to verbal diarrhea like just presented. I've never seen anyone on this vine cry and whine as much as you and then you've got the [lack of balls] to demand that people leave this site because boo frickin hoo, you don't wike what their sayin'. What's the matter True traitor, can't hang with legitimate opposition? This is the only place you can hang out because your liberal intellect leaves you with nothing in the way of an argument anywhere else. Then when presented with opposition you cry a river of wimpiness and start screaming for people to leave. You're funny as hell. Half the posts you put up here are demanding that people leave the vine.

There are more liberal insiders on this vine than most can count but we (the right, not the left or wrong) will take them on whether their paid sheep like Fiesty or whether their just simpleton targets like you. But you can't handle any of it. Waaaah, waaaah, wahhhh, goes the truepatriot, waaahhhh, wahhhh, wahhhh, is the tyranal/liberal theme song. How sad and comical at the same time, how entertaining and really hard to watch at the same time.

Maybe if we're lucky the Koch brothers will put all of us right people on the payroll, then we can all make a little money for something we love to do like intellectually smash the crap out of sheep/tyranals like you. Then hopefully the Koch brothers will hand Romney a check for 5 or 6 billion dollars so he can literally buy the entire voting process, he can offer everyone that votes for him 5k and we will dance with glee as the never good, never great barack hussein goes down in massive defeat. You guys just keep on crying and whining about someone making millions by legitimate means, or about bad old opposers to barack stating their positions on your precious liberal forum...you just keep on waaaaahh, wahhhh, waaahhhhing and we'll keep laughing at your antics and kicking your but in debate every time.

Go ahead true-un-patriot...tell someone else to STFU! But first take the frickin baby bottle out of your lips and man up, then maybe your bull crap threats will be taken seriously. Don't forget to have someone change your diaper too though, becuase you are really bringing a foul odor with you wherever you show up. Way to represent the ball-less nature of your party. Nice representing how little your side has to defend itself with. Oh by the way, liberalism is un-American and your side is wrong. Have fun watching Teletubbies.


  • 8 votes
#1.90 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:44 PM EDT

Gotta love the idiocy that continues to come out of D.C. these days. It's always good for a laugh.

Also gotta love the idiocy of the mindless drones that keep repeating "The rich need to pay their fair share". Tell me something children, what EXACTLY constitutes "their fair share" hmmmm? Do you have a number in mind? How did you come up with that number? What exactly makes that number fair anway?

Oh, that's right. You don't have any answers to those questions...because the simple truth is there aren't any. It's bs that you parrots regurgitate from the media talking heads and other assorted fools who don't have better idea than you do about what "fair" is.

When you specifically target a single group and only a single group, that is called discrimination children. It also happens to be considered immoral...unless you're rich I guess. They don't count right? They don't have the same rights that you do because they're all bad people right?

What a bunch of hypocritical, mindless children so many have become in this country. So quick to judgement, so quick to howl in outrage...and so terribly, terribly slow to actually stop and THINK!! Taking more money from the rich won't solve this problem. It's way too big for that. You'd know that if you had better critical thinking skills than elementary school kids do.

Grow up.

  • 6 votes
#1.91 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:49 PM EDT

Taking more money from the rich won't solve this problem. It's way too big for that. You'd know that if you had better critical thinking skills than elementary school kids do.

No one said it was going to solve the deficit problem. But it will certainty help. We have to cut spending and raise revenues to fix the deficits.

As to your fair spiel, I think the 1% paying at least the same rate as the middle class is fair. Most rich people do not make their money through income, so it is not taxed at the high rate. Instead they only have pay capital gains taxes. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capital_gains_tax_in_the_United_States
Get some critical thinking skills and learn to do your own research ;)

  • 4 votes
#1.92 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:13 PM EDT

Those who have benefitted most from the system should contribute more to the system so that the system can have enough capital to provide more benefits to others as well.

When we all live a good life, that is best for the country. When just Mitt the Vulture has made most of the money and move the money to the Bermuda and Cayman Islands, that's wrong and should be ended.

  • 4 votes
#1.93 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:26 PM EDT

Rightwingwac

Whew! You said almost everything I wanted to say to MR. I Am A Weird Patriot. But wasting my breath in a nut ball is not something I cared to do. I actually can not help myself from just reading the intellectual spew from that big 'ol egg brain and chuckle. But then I stop and think. That crap isn't funny at all. That kind of thought is why we are in a pinch. But Mr. I Am A Weird Patriot, or know it all has all the answers.

I sure is hard not to laugh. Funny how STFU and name calling comes from the Libbies who are the "compassionate, understanding and tolerant" crowd break to the juvenile name calling if they don't agree.

So thanks for your eloquent response to the so called "Patriot".

LMAO was all the response he deserved. IMHO.

I will not respond to any of his posts again. I don't debate knuckleheads.

I am sure Mr. I Am A Weird Patriot would not place his life, honor or fortune on the table for the price of Liberty. The concept is foreign to men like that. Oops I said men.

  • 7 votes
#1.94 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:29 PM EDT

Taxes are the price we pay for civilization.

a quote from Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr., a Supreme Court Justice

  • 3 votes
#1.95 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:53 PM EDT

Pigotry,

I am quite sure you only quote Supreme Court Justices that you agree with. The other decisions... not so much.

  • 2 votes
#1.96 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:13 PM EDT

The Wizard of Wisdom

Gotta love the idiocy that continues to come out of D.C. these days. It's always good for a laugh.

Also gotta love the idiocy of the mindless drones that keep repeating "The rich need to pay their fair share". Tell me something children, what EXACTLY constitutes "their fair share" hmmmm? Do you have a number in mind? How did you come up with that number? What exactly makes that number fair anway?

Here are some numbers:

Income level Marginal tax rate Minimum Effective tax rate

<$25,000 8.0% 4.8%
>$40,000 12.0% 7.2%
>$75,000 18.0% 13.5%
>$120,000 24.0% 19.2%
>$180,000 27.0% 23.1%
>$225,000 33.0% 26.4%
>$280,000 39.6% 33.0%
>$350,000 45.0% 37.5%
>$1 million 54.0% 42.0%
>$15 million 63.0% 49.0%
>$30 million 70.0% 56.0%
>$50 million 76.0% 65.5%

Capital Gains
Everybody 24.0% 24.0%

Dividends
Everybody 24.0% 24.0%

Estate tax
>$1 million 55.0% 55.0%

Corporate
Everybody 28.0% 21.0%

Gift
>$15,000 42.0% 42.0%

Read 'em and weep.

MisterWonderful

Freshiee - two questions. First, what happens when we run out of borrowed money to "invest in infrastructure" and all those people lose their jobs (kind of like what is happening now at the state and local levels)?

Well, first of all, I wouldn't fund investments in infrastructure or education with borrowed money. I'd raise a 5% VAT on a broad range of goods, paying for a ten year, $2 trillion infrastructure project with about $320 billion to spare, which ought to be spent on education reform. Secondly, for the near term (and as long as the economy is in trouble), people will trust in U.S. Treasury bonds. Yields and interest rates for government debt bonds are at record lows; in the short term, they are even negative. Yes, we need to deal with the deficit, but in doing so we must invest money to fix the economy, or we will always have a deficit.

Second - if the "recovery" you spoke about during the Bush first term was a "bubble" in housing, why does the President want to again favor home owners over renters, and want to make it easier for people to "revalue" their homes, and "invest (borrow) more money to "stimulate" the housing and construction market? Seems that as you point out, this is a failed strategy and one that we know will not work, but will produce another "bubble" for the next President and Congress to have to deal with?

Well, the proposals that the President has made would only be temporary; after the housing market recovers, normal regulations will be reinstated (and I hope more will be added to the financial sector). Essentially, the thing (in my opinion) that caused the housing bubble was too much investment, probably because of lax regulation which caused previously junk-rated mortgages to be offered, sold, and resold to investors and mortgage owners alike.

This is what I don't get about liberals. They think the money pot is endless, and that any borrowing is good as long as you call it "investment". Foodstamps aren't an investment. Neither are government jobs.

The money pot is endless, at least in the long term. We liberals are more fiscally responsible than you think. We aren't much for large defense expenditures, although I myself like a strong military. We would rather have all the money that we spend on tax cuts and defense to go to more productive things, like education, improving roads, or better social safety programs. Food stamps, in good years are an investment, as they insure Americans from the prospect of financial collapse. In bad years, they are expenditures; using the system that we invested in to fulfill it's purpose. Government jobs, such as teachers, firefighters, nurses, etc, are indeed an investment in a healthier, secure, and better educated society. The government workers you think of, like accountants and "bureaucrats," help fill the paperwork. Contrary to what you might think, the government is not bloated. The current size is much smaller that what it was in the 1960s, even though our population is nearly twice as large; to help the economy, we probably ought to hire more workers, not less, and then lay them off when the labor market is in need of more workers or at least when it has recovered. It is amazing how you conservatives tend to think that the money pot should be as small as possible and that most of that money should be either sent to the military, to defense, or refunded as "tax relief."

We tried government stimulus, and it was an utter failure. Obama's own projections showed that his $800 billion stimulus would result in unemployment dropping to 5.7% by 2012. He also projected that he would cut the annual deficit in half. He has failed completely at both, so why in the world would anyone vote for more of the same?

What you fail to realize, possibly in your ideological view (as I do, as a liberal), is that the stimulus did succeed. However, it was too small. You try fixing a $3 trillion hole with only $787 billion. Plus a third of it was in tax cuts, which don't always work. The stimulus was like an explosion; big, but quick to end. What we need is stimulus over a longer period of time; as long as it takes to get unemployment down to at least 5%.

He is a terrible President, a great guy if you want to insult your opponent, and a great fundraiser. As a leader and a President, by his own measure, he has failed.

Not really. He repealed DADT, got the economy on the right track, reformed the credit card industry, regulated the financial industry, and did something no president has been able to do for decades; reform our inefficient and expensive healthcare system. That, by anyone's measure, is successful.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 3 votes
#1.97 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:47 PM EDT

Taxes are the what??? Please. You do realize that you work for the government six months out of the year. That's right, you, you little taxpayer, are a wage slave to the government. Think of all the wonderful stuff your taxes go to. Think the government is spending your money wisely? Really? Think you could do a better job of spending your money or are you so inept that you need a big nanny to take care of you.

Guess you enjoyed all your tax money going to bail out banks and insurance companies, right? No? But who gave the bailout using tax money that you earned? Ah, but you want to whine about the money going to wars? Who starts the wars? You?

It is beyond astonishing to see the little liberals on the one hand whine and whinge away about the evil rich. Demand that those rotten bastards pay their 'fair' share so that the money will go where? Into the government coffers, the same coffers that pay for wars and bailouts. Tsk. I am convinced that those of the liberal persuasion are not capable of thinking beyond sound bites that are fed to them so they can regurgitiate them. Remember, every nickel the government takes from you is a nickel they can spend on a war.

  • 7 votes
#1.98 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:54 PM EDT

Why not, he passed one of the larges tax increases on the middle class already. I guess it's only fair that the wealthy pay more as well.

http://blog.heritage.org/2012/06/29/obamacare-raises-taxes-on-3-million-middle-class-americans/

None of it really matters anyway the current government will continue to spend at a rate that our taxes will never keep up with.

  • 4 votes
#1.99 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:56 PM EDT

You will pay more taxes and you will like it. Gone are the days when there were honest qualified people that if elected today would have about a 50/50 chance to fix the current problem (as opposed to Obama who has a zero chance). They won't work for pennies.

All you have today are dishonest, smooth talking, kickback taking politicians who if you believe give a rats @ss about the economy and your problems, I have some oceanfront property to sell you in Arizona.

That is what we deserve for using fractional reserve banking and quantitative easing to artificially expand our money supply until it is worth nothing.

No one cares anyway because everybody (in Washington) is already bought and paid for, so here we go.

  • 3 votes
#1.100 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:14 PM EDT

@Freshieee, first of all you had a great post. It is refreshing to see someone post intelligently instead of just hurling mindless insults. Gives me hope that we can pull through this after all. Although I think it was a great post, I do have some disagreements with it.

Well, first of all, I wouldn't fund investments in infrastructure or education with borrowed money. I'd raise a 5% VAT on a broad range of goods, paying for a ten year, $2 trillion infrastructure project with about $320 billion to spare, which ought to be spent on education reform.

One of the better proposals I have heard, but I do have to point out this really is another tax that will hit the middle class and neither side is willing to do that so I wouldn't count on that happening anytime soon.

Yes, we need to deal with the deficit, but in doing so we must invest money to fix the economy, or we will always have a deficit.

I'm not sure the government can ever truly "fix" the economy. Usually every attempt to do so leaves us with a bigger long term problem.

Well, the proposals that the President has made would only be temporary; after the housing market recovers, normal regulations will be reinstated (and I hope more will be added to the financial sector). Essentially, the thing (in my opinion) that caused the housing bubble was too much investment, probably because of lax regulation which caused previously junk-rated mortgages to be offered, sold, and resold to investors and mortgage owners alike.

I'm not sure the proposals would really be only temporary; the pressure to leave them in place will always be there. The best thing we could do is let housing fall to its real value.

The money pot is endless, at least in the long term. We liberals are more fiscally responsible than you think.

No, the money pot is never endless and any attempt to make it so will lead to inflation at best and hyperinflation at worst.

We aren't much for large defense expenditures, although I myself like a strong military. We would rather have all the money that we spend on tax cuts and defense to go to more productive things, like education, improving roads, or better social safety programs.

Defense is one of the primary roles of the Federal government and the Federal government is what this article is about. Roads and education are better left to the states, as are social safety programs.

Food stamps, in good years are an investment, as they insure Americans from the prospect of financial collapse. In bad years, they are expenditures; using the system that we invested in to fulfill it's purpose.

I will agree with that as long as the expenditures are temporary. Unfortunately we have created a permanent class of non-productive citizens and that is definitely a problem.

Government jobs, such as teachers, firefighters, nurses, etc, are indeed an investment in a healthier, secure, and better educated society.

But all of those are provided by the state government, not the Federal government.

The government workers you think of, like accountants and "bureaucrats," help fill the paperwork. Contrary to what you might think, the government is not bloated. The current size is much smaller that what it was in the 1960s, even though our population is nearly twice as large; to help the economy, we probably ought to hire more workers, not less, and then lay them off when the labor market is in need of more workers or at least when it has recovered.

I think the bureaucracy as a whole has grown far more than you think it has. The numbers are misleading because the government is relying on contractors now. With modern technology the bureaucracy should be smaller, but most of the reduction in government workforce came from the military (they could afford a large military in the 60's because they had the draft so those "workers" were paid little better than slaves).

It is amazing how you conservatives tend to think that the money pot should be as small as possible and that most of that money should be either sent to the military, to defense, or refunded as "tax relief."

Again, defense is the proper role of the Federal government and beyond that I see no reason the money pot should not be as small as possible.

What you fail to realize, possibly in your ideological view (as I do, as a liberal), is that the stimulus did succeed. However, it was too small. You try fixing a $3 trillion hole with only $787 billion. Plus a third of it was in tax cuts, which don't always work. The stimulus was like an explosion; big, but quick to end. What we need is stimulus over a longer period of time; as long as it takes to get unemployment down to at least 5%.

That argument is getting old. The idea that the government should get a country out of recession with a stimulus package came from Keynes back in the 30's and it has repeatedly failed. It's proponents always argue the stimulus was too small but frankly if we can spend a few trillion and not have an impact then maybe it is time to ditch the entire idea. I can think of no example where a stimulus worked as advertised. If you have any historical examples where it did work, I would love to read them.

Not really. He repealed DADT,

Not all of us think that was a great idea.

got the economy on the right track,

Not really, the economy is in trouble and we all know it.

reformed the credit card industry, regulated the financial industry,

I'm not aware of any meaningful reform, although I have seen every president put a few band aids on the system. Do you have any references for the reform you are speaking of?

and did something no president has been able to do for decades; reform our inefficient and expensive healthcare system. That, by anyone's measure, is successful.

The "reform" you are talking about made the system even more expensive and did nothing to reform the cost. We will wait a few years to see if it really makes it more efficient, but I honestly don't see how the law we passed will do anything other than breaking the system some more.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

I hope not, I'm not sure we can afford it (though I'm not sure if we can afford Romney either).

Again, great post even though I disagree with most of it.

  • 2 votes
#1.101 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:15 AM EDT

Rightwingwac (#1.90)

The Wizard of Wisdom (#1.91)

Excellent posts. Unfortunately they will fall on deaf ears here in Liberal/Progressive La La Land. You have to realize the Liberal mind is not based on reality or facts, it’s based on indoctrinated emotions. It is their bleeding-heart feel-good beliefs that confuse them. Rarely will you hear any well thought out arguments from the Left. Just listen to the Sunday News programs to see the desperate repetition of the programmed prose from the DNC and the White House.

Whenever the recovery is challenged you can predict the canned responses literally word for word. “We were hemorrhaging 750,000 jobs a month (this of course only happened in one month), we saved the economy from going over the cliff (amusingly this is promoted by the same “economists” who never saw or predicted the dot-com or housing/bank illiquidity crisis coming), we have saved or created 4.4 million jobs (maybe, and if they did, the majority are in the low-wage sectors of retail, social services and hospitality, and if you really want to squelch that argument just point out that each one of those jobs cost us $200,000 to create, not a good ROI)”.

The Liberal mind is consumed by the conspiracy that somehow the rich (read Republicans) have created a $16 trillion National Debt, $120 trillion in Unfunded Liabilities and we might as well throw in the $4 trillion shortfall in State unfunded pensions that I’m sure they’ll never blame the revered unions with. They monotonously repeat that some bogeyman creates unfair (we’ll get to the “fairness nonsense in a little bit) taxes and some mysterious deregulations caused all our problems.

They blame our criminal progressive tax system but they never want to really “change” it. This is one of those “fairness” issues. Instead they come up with some convoluted 17 step mind-numbing system (see above) and actually believe it will help. Of course this is further simplified by ridding the system of those mean tax loopholes. They never realize that regardless of tax rates, total tax receipts have remained at 18.3% of GDP and total income tax receipts have stayed at about 8.6% of GDP. What this means is that regardless of our tax rates our government collects the same range of revenues. Even when our upper tax bracket was 94% revenue has stayed the same as a percentage of GDP.

This brings us to the tax code. Our tax code is about 72,000 pages long with over 1,200 different forms. It is NOT a static entity, it is a living, breathing, changing system. Between 1986 and 2005 Congress passed over 14,400 amendments to the tax code, this equates to almost 3 changes every day for 19 straight years. There have been about 4,400 tax code changes in the last 10 years. There were approximately 580 changes in 2010 alone. Why do we need so many changes to our tax code? WE DON’T. But the banks, corporations, rich and government do. This is where all those evil loopholes hide that the Liberals so despise, as should we all.

A loophole is an ambiguity in a system, such as a law or security, which can be used to circumvent or otherwise avoid the intent, implied or explicitly stated, of the system. An ambiguity. Now, who do you think recommends our criminals in government to create these “ambiguities”? The answer should be obvious. When tax codes are changed at the rate of 3 or more PER DAY there must be a reason. The lobbyists, Wall Street, banks and other external forces hire the most recent economics and math geeks from Harvard, MIT, Berkley and Wharton’s to manipulate this massive layer of bureaucracy to their advantage. We get Timmy “Turbo Tax” Geithner and uncle Ben Bernanke. There is nothing progressive about our tax code system. It’s a professional tax system designed by professional to be taken advantage of by professionals. Of course if you dare mention a Constitutionally amended Flat Tax or Fair tax, all the wannabe authorities start screaming it’s regressive but I guarantee you they have no idea what either system offers to make taxes more “fair”. The argument is always one of some convoluted social and economic justice belief. This is where the “fairness”, “level-playing-field” and other equality gibberish begin. The “feel good” mentality once again consumes them.

For all the rhetoric about “change” that the Liberal/Progressive ranks espoused so loudly in 2008 they don’t want to change anything. Don’t touch any of their sacrosanct entitlements and social programs that consume 60% of our budget and are filled with massive waste, fraud, abuse and corruption. The screams become ear-piercing “I paid into it, I deserve my benefits”. Yet none of them realize that because of our governments typical fiscal malinvestments men will get $72,000 more than they paid into the Social Security “Trust Fund” and women will get $192,000 more. This is in large part why our Unfunded Liabilities skyrocket every year. The Ponzi scheme is broken and fraudulent but no one is allowed to try and fix it or grandma will fall off some mythical cliff. Don’t change the tax code into a more simple equal system, just jiggle the numbers around to make the successful and producers pay more.

This will do absolutely nothing to help our current economy collapsing but the Liberals will “feel better” about it. Let’s pass the Obama “Jobs Act” which is just a camouflaged Stimulus II. They exalt the $863 billion Stimulus of 2009 and as I pointed out above it didn’t and can’t work. The main reason is because regardless of how much money we pour into our economy via stimulus, quantitative easing or other useless manipulation we’ll never stimulate the economy. Not when we have a projected $800 billion dollar trade deficit this year. All the money we “stimulate” the economy with will eventually be spent buying consumables from abroad and then what? Unless we create real long-term domestic exportable jobs that will bring new revenue into our treasury and our wallets we can stimulate the economy until we’re blue in the face. We’ve been running bigger and bigger deficits for over 30 years, until that stops no amount of stimulus or other Keynesian nonsense will help.

Now, the convoluted “fairness” train that Barrack Hussein is riding around on. This is typical deflection to avoid his pathetic performance here and abroad. As The Wizard of Wisdom stated, define “fair”. No one can ever define it let alone let it be the determining factor to repair our crumbling economy. As I always ask the Liberals, who is this mystical, unbiased, unprejudiced, altruistic, arbiter of “fairness”? The government? Barrack Hussein? You? Me? The Pope? Who is so pure and non-influential to determine what is fair?

NO ONE!

Once again the Liberals allow their decisions to be based on emotions rather than reality or facts. They believe that everything should be fair and equal. They demand a “living wage” but can never define it either. Does a living wage allow you to live in a 900 square foot apartment or a 3,000 square foot Tudor in the suburbs? Does it allow you to buy a Lexus or a Taurus? Does it allow you to go to a state college or Harvard? Does it allow you to go on a vacation camping up north or a 2 week cruise in the Caribbean? The Liberal mind can’t grasp common-sense, just feel-good emotions. Barrack Hussein decides to order that illegal aliens who are here for some ambiguous time frame be allowed to stay as citizens and benefit as all the legal citizens have because, “IT’S THE RIGHT THING TO DO”. Who decided this? Was there a vote? Is there new legislation called the “It’s the right thing to do” Bill that Congress passed? No, it’s fair because Barrack Hussein has decided it so via executive order. Everyone knows this is just more pathetic pandering for votes. More feel-good governance regardless of the consequences. This is the same mentality that has created unsustainable entitlements, and social programs that often don’t do anything for the population they’re supposed to help.

One Hundred years of Progressivism has finally exposed itself as the failure many knew it would be. We have a blueprint for our government called the Constitution, but when Progressivism keeps trampling all over it so some people can “feel-good” or feel its “fair” we find our great Republic failing. It’s time to put a stop to Progressivisms destruction of our nation once and for all.

Romney 2012

  • 7 votes
#1.102 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:49 AM EDT

brenda1964 #1.7,

"We had to spend in order to negate some of the bubble Bush tactics."

What about the derivatives disaster on WJC's watch ?

Take some time and watch the following:

http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/warning/view/ .

  • 1 vote
#1.103 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 8:28 AM EDT

Jim,

Wow, was that a fact filled articulate post I just read? Notice how you won't get any legitimate response from the usual suspects. I agree with the deaf ears statement but I actually find some entertainment in jumping into the lions (or in this case the pussycats) den and mentally tossing a few tyranals around. The brainwashed flock of barack is just that and can't nor won't ever be "saved" but there are a few people here and there that are opening their star-struck eyes. If any of them can be stirred it's worth it....Ahhhhahaha, no who am I kidding? No one on this vine is going to be swayed but it's just a riot to come in here and watch all of the uninformed but self important liberals self destruct.

I'm looking forward to late October when they will be pulling everything they've got out of their arses to try and convince themselves barack is still their messiah and will not be defeated. I hope (real hope, not baracks kind) that by then barack will start losing chunks of hair, looking a mengy dog. The stress in his face will be priceless.

Great informative post you placed there and ditto back at you. A whole lot of facts will present before blind eyes and snarled faces. But it's fun isn't it?

  • 5 votes
#1.104 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 9:52 AM EDT

It is impossible to fix our problems through tax increases. Why people think this is a good idea is beyond me. This is liberal math at it's finest....so we would reduce the deficit by 7 trillion over ten years. How is it reducing the deficit if the defict would be growing by more than that over ten years? That would be like me making $50,000 more each year but racking up $200,000 a year in credit debt. I doubt any advisor woud say good job on reducing your debt.

People say that the to 1% aren't job creators. Do you realize that even if their money just sits in a savings account that those funds help back other loans made by banks? Every dollar you pull out and geto the government puts a strain on the liquidity on the markets and makes it mre difficult and expensive to do business. Guess you those costs get put on? Saying we could fix education is an even greater joke. Our system sucks it has little to do with money....we spend more per child on education than any other country in the world. But clearly if we throw more money at the problm it will fix it.

  • 2 votes
#1.105 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 10:53 AM EDT

JimSpence

Rightwingwac (#1.90)

The Wizard of Wisdom (#1.91)

Excellent posts. Unfortunately they will fall on deaf ears here in Liberal/Progressive La La Land. You have to realize the Liberal mind is not based on reality or facts, it’s based on indoctrinated emotions. It is their bleeding-heart feel-good beliefs that confuse them. Rarely will you hear any well thought out arguments from the Left. Just listen to the Sunday News programs to see the desperate repetition of the programmed prose from the DNC and the White House.

Hmm, are these the same "evil progressive liberals" who begged Bush not to pass his tax cuts because most went to the wealthy and because they would blow a huge hole in our budget???

Whenever the recovery is challenged you can predict the canned responses literally word for word. “We were hemorrhaging 750,000 jobs a month (this of course only happened in one month), we saved the economy from going over the cliff (amusingly this is promoted by the same “economists” who never saw or predicted the dot-com or housing/bank illiquidity crisis coming), we have saved or created 4.4 million jobs (maybe, and if they did, the majority are in the low-wage sectors of retail, social services and hospitality, and if you really want to squelch that argument just point out that each one of those jobs cost us $200,000 to create, not a good ROI)”.

First of all, hundreds of thousands of those "low-service retail jobs" are actually manufacturing jobs, thanks in part to the auto bailout. Secondly, nobody on either side is debating whether the recovery is actually happening; what we are debating is how fast the recovery can go and how fast it is going. Third, I don't @!$%#ing care if the stimulus cost $200,000 for every job created/saved; as long as it got us out of the damn recession.

The Liberal mind is consumed by the conspiracy that somehow the rich (read Republicans) have created a $16 trillion National Debt, $120 trillion in Unfunded Liabilities and we might as well throw in the $4 trillion shortfall in State unfunded pensions that I’m sure they’ll never blame the revered unions with. They monotonously repeat that some bogeyman creates unfair (we’ll get to the “fairness nonsense in a little bit) taxes and some mysterious deregulations caused all our problems.

Actually, total unfunded liabilities of the government are about $64 trillion, and those are spread out over a 30-50 year period, or perhaps over the 75 year period. Secondly, the state unfunded pensions were the result of gaming by government officials to offer a larger increase in benefits than the economy would allow and not funding them adequately. Third, around $6 trillion of the debt was caused by the irresponsible fiscal policies of the Bush administration (whom Romney would love to emulate), and another $4 trillion were caused by the RECESSION; via stimulus, increased social safety net spending and declined revenues. And in case you haven't noticed, the top 1% of Americans control 21% of ALL income earned in the US. How in God's name is that fair???

They blame our criminal progressive tax system but they never want to really “change” it. This is one of those “fairness” issues. Instead they come up with some convoluted 17 step mind-numbing system (see above) and actually believe it will help. Of course this is further simplified by ridding the system of those mean tax loopholes. They never realize that regardless of tax rates, total tax receipts have remained at 18.3% of GDP and total income tax receipts have stayed at about 8.6% of GDP. What this means is that regardless of our tax rates our government collects the same range of revenues. Even when our upper tax bracket was 94% revenue has stayed the same as a percentage of GDP.

What you fail to realize is that the 18% number is the average. Revenues went higher and lower under various circumstances, but they averaged at about that amount. Tax rates could, theoretically, rise higher and we could gain more income; according to the CBO, if the fiscal cliff is allowed to happen, revenues will rise to 23% of GDP somewhere around 2020, which is an anomaly.

This brings us to the tax code. Our tax code is about 72,000 pages long with over 1,200 different forms. It is NOT a static entity, it is a living, breathing, changing system. Between 1986 and 2005 Congress passed over 14,400 amendments to the tax code, this equates to almost 3 changes every day for 19 straight years. There have been about 4,400 tax code changes in the last 10 years. There were approximately 580 changes in 2010 alone. Why do we need so many changes to our tax code? WE DON’T. But the banks, corporations, rich and government do. This is where all those evil loopholes hide that the Liberals so despise, as should we all.

Yes, our tax code gets complicated and ought to be simplified, and it does have numerous special interest-inspired loopholes stuffed inside it. But the tax code always gets cluttered over time; that's why we need tax reform every few decades.

A loophole is an ambiguity in a system, such as a law or security, which can be used to circumvent or otherwise avoid the intent, implied or explicitly stated, of the system. An ambiguity. Now, who do you think recommends our criminals in government to create these “ambiguities”? The answer should be obvious. When tax codes are changed at the rate of 3 or more PER DAY there must be a reason. The lobbyists, Wall Street, banks and other external forces hire the most recent economics and math geeks from Harvard, MIT, Berkley and Wharton’s to manipulate this massive layer of bureaucracy to their advantage. We get Timmy “Turbo Tax” Geithner and uncle Ben Bernanke. There is nothing progressive about our tax code system. It’s a professional tax system designed by professional to be taken advantage of by professionals.

While I agree to most of what you just posted, I have to point out that Timothy Geithner hasn't raised any major taxes.

Of course if you dare mention a Constitutionally amended Flat Tax or Fair tax, all the wannabe authorities start screaming it’s regressive but I guarantee you they have no idea what either system offers to make taxes more “fair”. The argument is always one of some convoluted social and economic justice belief. This is where the “fairness”, “level-playing-field” and other equality gibberish begin. The “feel good” mentality once again consumes them.

The flat tax and the "Fair tax" are regressive and you know it. The impact of the tax increases the further down the income scale. Tell me, what sounds like more proportionately; 10% of $50,000, or 10% of $500,000??? Finally, the "fair" argument that you state basically demands that people ought to pay from their ability; those that can pay more ought to. And by the way, if you wanted to institute a flat tax, you have to either give the lower classes a major tax hike or the wealthy a major tax cut in order to balance the budget.

For all the rhetoric about “change” that the Liberal/Progressive ranks espoused so loudly in 2008 they don’t want to change anything. Don’t touch any of their sacrosanct entitlements and social programs that consume 60% of our budget and are filled with massive waste, fraud, abuse and corruption. The screams become ear-piercing “I paid into it, I deserve my benefits”. Yet none of them realize that because of our governments typical fiscal malinvestments men will get $72,000 more than they paid into the Social Security “Trust Fund” and women will get $192,000 more. This is in large part why our Unfunded Liabilities skyrocket every year. The Ponzi scheme is broken and fraudulent but no one is allowed to try and fix it or grandma will fall off some mythical cliff. Don’t change the tax code into a more simple equal system, just jiggle the numbers around to make the successful and producers pay more.

First of all, I'd like to see your sources on the size and the amount of fraud in entitlements (particularly Social Security). Secondly, I am in full favor of reforming Social Security; I even have a plan for it. Raise the payroll tax to 14.4%; preserve the estate tax on $3.5 million estates; raise the cap to 90% of earnings, adjust COLA. That would save Social Security, and then I would apply similar measures to Medicare. And by the way, what is an "equal tax code???" You conservatives always like to use it on us liberals, so I think it's time to turn the tables and see your response.

This will do absolutely nothing to help our current economy collapsing but the Liberals will “feel better” about it. Let’s pass the Obama “Jobs Act” which is just a camouflaged Stimulus II. They exalt the $863 billion Stimulus of 2009 and as I pointed out above it didn’t and can’t work. The main reason is because regardless of how much money we pour into our economy via stimulus, quantitative easing or other useless manipulation we’ll never stimulate the economy. Not when we have a projected $800 billion dollar trade deficit this year. All the money we “stimulate” the economy with will eventually be spent buying consumables from abroad and then what? Unless we create real long-term domestic exportable jobs that will bring new revenue into our treasury and our wallets we can stimulate the economy until we’re blue in the face. We’ve been running bigger and bigger deficits for over 30 years, until that stops no amount of stimulus or other Keynesian nonsense will help.

You fail to realize that we spent our way out of the Great Depression, first of all. Secondly, even though a lot of outsourcing has occurred, numerous things are still produced in this country, like automobiles. That is where consumer spending goes. The government spends $2 trillion on infrastructure over a decade; according to the multiplier effect, that puts $2.38 trillion into the economy over the next decade; $238 billion a year, boosting GDP by (in 2012 terms) almost 1.6%. That would create roughly 5 million new jobs alone, not to mention the effects of boosted demand. That would greatly help our economy.

One Hundred years of Progressivism has finally exposed itself as the failure many knew it would be. We have a blueprint for our government called the Constitution, but when Progressivism keeps trampling all over it so some people can “feel-good” or feel its “fair” we find our great Republic failing. It’s time to put a stop to Progressivisms destruction of our nation once and for all.

Romney 2012

The Progressive movement lifted millions out of poverty, including numerous seniors and low-class Americans. It helped establish the dominance of the middle class, the work week, and the minimum wage. It created the largest economic boom in U.S. history (late 1940s to late 1970s). It helped make us the greatest country on earth. Romney will do nothing to help the debt; he'd just make it worse, with all his tax cuts and defense increases. And since when do tax cuts for the wealthy help the economy?? Or deregulating the financial industry????

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 3 votes
#1.106 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 11:03 AM EDT

The money pot is endless, at least in the long term. We liberals are more fiscally responsible than you think.

No, the money pot is never endless and any attempt to make it so will lead to inflation at best and hyperinflation at worst.

Well, what I meant by that is that the money pot (by which I mean taxable income) will grow due to economic growth. I did not mean the money supply, which is a different matter. As the economy expands, so will tax revenue, enabling us to spend money on the things we need to spend on.

We aren't much for large defense expenditures, although I myself like a strong military. We would rather have all the money that we spend on tax cuts and defense to go to more productive things, like education, improving roads, or better social safety programs.

Defense is one of the primary roles of the Federal government and the Federal government is what this article is about. Roads and education are better left to the states, as are social safety programs.

Actually, I don't trust the states with social safety programs or infrastructure, much less education. Take my home state of California, for example. Due to the recession's impact on the budget (and, I hate to admit, our extremely generous welfare system), we had to lay off tens of thousands of teachers even as the population grew. States are, in my opinion, too volatile fiscally to leave big things to them. They ought to have some control over infrastructure and education, but I believe that at least 50% of the control and most of the cost should come from the government. States always have to balance their budgets due to their balanced budget amendments, which I oppose only because that forces states to lay off people and cut education and other programs during a recession, when logic dictates that you should be hiring people, not firing them. The federal government, on the other hand, is a bit more stable.

Food stamps, in good years are an investment, as they insure Americans from the prospect of financial collapse. In bad years, they are expenditures; using the system that we invested in to fulfill it's purpose.

I will agree with that as long as the expenditures are temporary. Unfortunately we have created a permanent class of non-productive citizens and that is definitely a problem.

Well, the only reason why a lot of people are on welfare is because of the recession's impact on finances and on employment. I don't think we have a huge class of non-productive citizens; technically, over 40% of Americans are working or looking for work. In a good year, it would be around 50%. So I wouldn't say that we have a welfare class.

Government jobs, such as teachers, firefighters, nurses, etc, are indeed an investment in a healthier, secure, and better educated society.

But all of those are provided by the state government, not the Federal government.

Well, not necessarily. VA doctors and nurses are hired by the feds, while teachers, firefighters, and other civil workers are partially funded by federal aid to states, and the federal investments in education.

The government workers you think of, like accountants and "bureaucrats," help fill the paperwork. Contrary to what you might think, the government is not bloated. The current size is much smaller that what it was in the 1960s, even though our population is nearly twice as large; to help the economy, we probably ought to hire more workers, not less, and then lay them off when the labor market is in need of more workers or at least when it has recovered.

I think the bureaucracy as a whole has grown far more than you think it has. The numbers are misleading because the government is relying on contractors now. With modern technology the bureaucracy should be smaller, but most of the reduction in government workforce came from the military (they could afford a large military in the 60's because they had the draft so those "workers" were paid little better than slaves).

I'll agree on that, but I don't believe that we should be firing people, or decreasing employment. We should be hiring people, preferably the unemployed and the underemployed, in infrastructure projects and other programs, at least unemployment goes below 5% and the labor market loosens.

It is amazing how you conservatives tend to think that the money pot should be as small as possible and that most of that money should be either sent to the military, to defense, or refunded as "tax relief."

Again, defense is the proper role of the Federal government and beyond that I see no reason the money pot should not be as small as possible.

Well, I don't think that the money pot should be 50% of GDP, but I don't think that taxes should be lowered at every opportunity. They have to remain stable, essentially preventing either over-taxation (which conservatives tend to focus on) and under-taxation (which liberals focus on), so that everybody contributes and so that we can fund essential programs.

What you fail to realize, possibly in your ideological view (as I do, as a liberal), is that the stimulusdid succeed. However, it was too small. You try fixing a $3 trillion hole with only $787 billion. Plus a third of it was in tax cuts, which don't always work. The stimulus was like an explosion; big, but quick to end. What we need is stimulus over a longer period of time; as long as it takes to get unemployment down to at least 5%.

That argument is getting old. The idea that the government should get a country out of recession with a stimulus package came from Keynes back in the 30's and it has repeatedly failed. It's proponents always argue the stimulus was too small but frankly if we can spend a few trillion and not have an impact then maybe it is time to ditch the entire idea. I can think of no example where a stimulus worked as advertised. If you have any historical examples where it did work, I would love to read them.

As Keynesian economics was only implemented once on a major scale, I can only give you one example, although you may have heard about before: World War II. You may point out that the main Keynesian program was the New Deal, and I agree, and then you would say that it didn't fix the economy. I disagree; the New Deal helped the economy by lowering unemployment, but it wasn't enough. Government spending during a recession was relatively new at the time, and the threats of being derided as socialists kept the New Deal relatively small. The U.S. industrial production during World War II is the most effective, yet more obscure, examples on the success of Keynesian economics. The government invested billions of dollars (the equivalent of trillions today) in contracts for tanks, jeeps, trucks, food, boxes, guns, cannons, planes, ships, munitions, belts, uniforms, shoes, fuel, etc. That created millions of jobs, lifting us out of the Depression. This massive mobilization of industrial power helped us after World War II as well, supporting an entire generation of economic prosperity and blue-collar middle class jobs.

Not really. He repealed DADT,

Not all of us think that was a great idea.

Nonetheless, it does signify a step toward universal equality for all Americans.

got the economy on the right track,

Not really, the economy is in trouble and we all know it.

By that I mean it got the economy running positive, instead of contracting. The economy is still in trouble, but not as much as it would have been without the stimulus.

reformed the credit card industry, regulated the financial industry,

I'm not aware of any meaningful reform, although I have seen every president put a few band aids on the system. Do you have any references for the reform you are speaking of?

Well, you know well about Dodd Frank, so I don't think a source for that is necessary. As for credit card reform, here is the site:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_CARD_Act_of_2009

and did something no president has been able to do for decades; reform our inefficient and expensive healthcare system. That, by anyone's measure, is successful.

The "reform" you are talking about made the system even more expensive and did nothing to reform the cost. We will wait a few years to see if it really makes it more efficient, but I honestly don't see how the law we passed will do anything other than breaking the system some more.

Of course $1.7 trillion is a lot, but it is stretched out over 10 years, and the program still reduces the deficit, according to the CBO. It does add more people to the insurance market, fixing the uninsured problem, and does address costs. My opinion is that it will reduce costs, but only marginally. The ACA was a good step in the right direction; not perfect, but it can be improved and hopefully superseded in the future by an overhaul of the entire healthcare system.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

I hope not, I'm not sure we can afford it (though I'm not sure if we can afford Romney either).

Well, Obama at least offered a $4 trillion deficit reduction plan, and he would probably reduce the deficit by another $2 trillion, while Romney will increasing the deficit by at lest $3.4 trillion do to his tax cuts.

Again, great post even though I disagree with most of it.

Thanks. At least we can agree to disagree...

  • 2 votes
#1.107 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:00 PM EDT

Out of 119 million U.S. households, just 2.5 million -- or 2 percent -- reported making at least $250,000 in 2010, according to Census Bureau figures.

An estimated 940,000 taxpayers reporting business earnings will earn enough money to see their tax rates rise in 2013 unless lawmakers act, according to Congress' nonpartisan Joint Committee on Taxation.

That is just 3.5 percent of taxpayers reporting business earnings -- a figure Democrats use to show how few businesses would pay higher tax rates under Obama's plan.

The committee also estimated that those 940,000 taxpayers will account for 53 percent of the $1.3 trillion in business earnings reported in 2013 -- a number Republicans cite to argue that the higher rates will hurt the economy and job creation.

  • 1 vote
#1.108 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 2:50 PM EDT

The folks who are getting the free stuff don't like the folks who are paying for the free stuff, because the folks who are paying for the free stuff can no longer afford to pay for both the free stuff and their own stuff.

And, the folks who are paying for the free stuff want the free stuff to stop.
And the folks who are getting the free stuff want even more free stuff on top of the free stuff they are already getting!

Now... the people who are forcing the people who pay for the free stuff have told the people who are RECEIVING the free stuff that the people who are PAYING for the free stuff are being mean, prejudiced, and racist.

So... the people who are GETTING the free stuff have been convinced they need to hate the people who are paying for the free stuff by the people who are forcing some people to pay for their free stuff and giving them the free stuff in the first place.

We have let the free stuff giving go on for so long that there are now more people getting free stuff than paying for the free stuff.

All you FreeStuffers should be ashamed of yourselves and you let Obama convince you this was a good thing. Obama's a prick.

  • 4 votes
#1.109 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 2:51 PM EDT

Well, you do have to admit that one thing Obama does really well is give his loyal followers talking points. Beyond that, well, free stuff. Voter ID? Hell no, can't have illegals and dead people not voting for Obama.

Freeshie:There are so many holes in your arguments it's not funny. Taxes and government spending didn't end it, they prolonged the Great Depression for ten years. What ended the depression was WWII. You even stated that the industrialization that happened as a result of WWII ended the depression and yet you continue to claim that Keynesian spending ended the depression. Wow.

Note as well that the Healthcare deemed 'affordable' is now estimated to cost 2.6 trillion. Guess in democrat speak that's affordable? Note that the numbers keep evolving upwards and the freaking thing isn't even in full tilt.

No mention of the entitlement programs, no mention of fraud or redundancy in government, no mention of the thousands of new IRS agents hired to enforce 'healthcare.' The only job that Obama seems able to create is a government job. His attitude towards business is painfully apparent, backwards and destructive. Face it, the only thing Obama knows how to do is grow the government to massive proportions, that he is very good at, anything else, well, he is good at going around congress and granting amnesty to illegals, waivers so welfare recipients no longer have to work for the checks and dumping billions on 'green energy' so they can declare bankruptcy and as a side effect, his actions are causing coal mining companies to declare bankruptcy, with the subsequent job losses. But, hey, he's gonna get us back on our feet, and if it weren't for Bush, why we'd be there now.

  • 3 votes
#1.110 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 7:38 PM EDT

Well, what I meant by that is that the money pot (by which I mean taxable income) will grow due to economic growth. I did not mean the money supply, which is a different matter. As the economy expands, so will tax revenue, enabling us to spend money on the things we need to spend on.

You are correct, growth is the key, but I see very little pro-growth policies being enacted now. I will also point out spending needs to be kept in line with growth - you cannot have 2 percent growth and a 10 percent increase in spending. That is a key point that a lot of people miss.

Actually, I don't trust the states with social safety programs or infrastructure, much less education. Take my home state of California, for example. Due to the recession's impact on the budget (and, I hate to admit, our extremely generous welfare system), we had to lay off tens of thousands of teachers even as the population grew. States are, in my opinion, too volatile fiscally to leave big things to them. They ought to have some control over infrastructure and education, but I believe that at least 50% of the control and most of the cost should come from the government. States always have to balance their budgets due to their balanced budget amendments, which I oppose only because that forces states to lay off people and cut education and other programs during a recession, when logic dictates that you should be hiring people, not firing them. The federal government, on the other hand, is a bit more stable.

Well since you are from California I understand your reluctance to trust in state government, but I have to point out if people are not happy with their state government they have no one to blame but themselves. The Federal government on the other hand is much, much harder to change. I really don't like any of your senators for example, but I'm completely powerless to do anything about them. At least letting the states control it provides what the engineers call a short control loop. Imagine if your stove controls were located in your neighbors house, or worse, city hall. By the way, my experience with education is very different from yours - I'm highly upset math is only taught to my kids 3 days a week, but when I complained about it the principal told me the Federal government has several mandatory classes that must be taught and teacher unions prevent them from simply adding on more hours so math had to take a back seat. That is every bit as stupid as it sounds :(

Well, the only reason why a lot of people are on welfare is because of the recession's impact on finances and on employment. I don't think we have a huge class of non-productive citizens; technically, over 40% of Americans are working or looking for work. In a good year, it would be around 50%. So I wouldn't say that we have a welfare class.But all of those are provided by the state government, not the Federal government.

According to this website http://www.usgovernmentspending.com/welfare_spending welfare spending was about 3% of GDP in the 1960's, now it is about 8%. Again, we simply cannot afford to have transfer payments grow at a greater rate than the overall economy. Hopefully we will do it right, that is give those people job training and maintain the system long enough to give them a fighting chance. If recent experience is any guide though we will keep kicking that can down the road until it is too late and we are facing a Greece-like situation....

Well, not necessarily. VA doctors and nurses are hired by the feds, while teachers, firefighters, and other civil workers are partially funded by federal aid to states, and the federal investments in education.

VA doctors are not available to the general public and they are a really small percentage of the available doctors so I doubt it is fair to count them. As far as being partially funded by the Federal government, that is true, but think about what that means - we are sending our money to Washington so they can take a cut of it, then distribute it back to us! Let's cut out the middle man and just fund the education system and firefighters directly.

I'll agree on that, but I don't believe that we should be firing people, or decreasing employment. We should be hiring people, preferably the unemployed and the underemployed, in infrastructure projects and other programs, at least unemployment goes below 5% and the labor market loosens.

We are in complete agreement on this. The Marines are cutting 20,000 people, the army over 50,000 and that is just silly. There are no jobs for these men out there. Cancel training, postpone a major exercise, give them less night vision gear, but for god's sake Obama don't throw them out of the military right now.

As Keynesian economics was only implemented once on a major scale, I can only give you one example, although you may have heard about before: World War II. You may point out that the main Keynesian program was the New Deal, and I agree, and then you would say that it didn't fix the economy. I disagree; the New Deal helped the economy by lowering unemployment, but it wasn't enough. Government spending during a recession was relatively new at the time, and the threats of being derided as socialists kept the New Deal relatively small. The U.S. industrial production during World War II is the most effective, yet more obscure, examples on the success of Keynesian economics. The government invested billions of dollars (the equivalent of trillions today) in contracts for tanks, jeeps, trucks, food, boxes, guns, cannons, planes, ships, munitions, belts, uniforms, shoes, fuel, etc. That created millions of jobs, lifting us out of the Depression. This massive mobilization of industrial power helped us after World War II as well, supporting an entire generation of economic prosperity and blue-collar middle class jobs.

This is one of those cases where we are using the same words, but they mean different things to us. You are correct that if you spend enough you will temporally improve the economy (your example of WWII is 100% correct in that context), but when I say it has never worked I mean the theory that a one time shot of money could "shock" an economy into life. WWII did improve the economy (impossible to spend that much and not improve it) but the spending had to be maintained for the economy to continue. And the theory has been tried several times, especially in Africa and South America. It has never proved beneficial in the long term and it has quite often devastated economies. I will give you two case examples to think about: South Korea in 1998 and Japan over the last two decades. South Korea bit the bullet, let values fall to their natural level (they had no choice, the U.S. and IMF specifically forbid them from trying Keynesian economics) and within two years they were back to normal growth. Yes that two years sucked pretty bad, but now it is just a distant memory. Japan by contrast took the same road we are trying, massive amounts of government spending in an attempt to restore "normal" growth. They are in their second decade of no growth, which we already agreed is the real key to a happy economy. By the way, the Keynesian proponents in Japan kept saying "it is not working because the stimulus was not big enough, we need to spend more." Their debt is now about 200% of GDP and they still don't have an end in sight. We are trying the same failed policies and for the life of me I don't see why it will work for us when it failed for them....

Nonetheless, it does signify a step toward universal equality for all Americans.

I do not want to turn this into a debate about gay rights, but I will dispute the idea society does not have a right to enforce social mores. Gay marriage has consistently been defeated in every fair election, including in your home state.

By that I mean it got the economy running positive, instead of contracting. The economy is still in trouble, but not as much as it would have been without the stimulus.

Maybe, and maybe we would have followed South Korea and gotten back to business as normal by now. It is impossible to prove one way or the other what would have happened without the stimulus so we will never have a definitive answer to this. I will point out though, that if the solution is simply to throw more money at the problem we could have left George Bush in charge. You know things are bad if George Bush is the answer :)

Well, you know well about Dodd Frank, so I don't think a source for that is necessary. As for credit card reform, here is the site:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_CARD_Act_of_2009

On the Dodd-Frank bill, I did say meaningful reform :)

As far as the wikipedia site, I simply do not trust wikipedia, too easy for anyone to type in anything they want.

Of course $1.7 trillion is a lot, but it is stretched out over 10 years, and the program still reduces the deficit, according to the CBO. It does add more people to the insurance market, fixing the uninsured problem, and does address costs. My opinion is that it will reduce costs, but only marginally. The ACA was a good step in the right direction; not perfect, but it can be improved and hopefully superseded in the future by an overhaul of the entire healthcare system.

The Affordable Care Act is like the bailout in that I will throw stones at it all day and go to the mat with anyone who defends either. Think about the larger implications of this: you have health care because you are forced to go to a large corporation and buy it! This is just unbelievable. We both know had George Bush been the one to propose this Democrats would have called for his impeachment (and rightfully so). Will any Democrat be cheering when the Republicans take over and do their corporate donors a favor by forcing all of us to buy assault rifles? I'm sorry, but this is nothing to be proud of. I doubt we will recognize America 60 years from now as a result of this single stupid ruling. Enough about the implications of this, let's look at the actual program. The government is famous for underestimating costs so are you sure that 1.7 trillion is accurate? Also, that cost is misleading since taxes will be collected during the entire 10 years but it doesn't take effect until 2014 so what happens when the entire 10 year cost is factored in? If you want to overhaul the entire system you have my support, you want to increase the cost of an already expensive system, count me out.

Well, Obama at least offered a $4 trillion deficit reduction plan, and he would probably reduce the deficit by another $2 trillion, while Romney will increasing the deficit by at lest $3.4 trillion do to his tax cuts.

No Obama offered a future spending cut in exchange for tax increases today. Kind of like me telling you pay me 15,000 today and 10 years from now my daughter will give you her Toyota Corolla. First you are overpaying, second I have no way to actually make my daughter give you her car....

Thanks. At least we can agree to disagree...

That we can, I have no problems respectfully agreeing to disagree. Have a good day my friend :)

  • 2 votes
#1.111 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 9:20 PM EDT

Freshieee

Ok, I’ll play.

Hmm, are these the same "evil progressive liberals" who begged Bush not to pass his tax cuts because most went to the wealthy and because they would blow a huge hole in our budget???

Hmmm, just what hole did those tax cuts cause? You do realize that total tax receipts (In constant FY20005 Dollars) in 2007, just before the crash, were $2.414 trillion from a low of $1.901 trillion in 2003, right? Clintons highest revenues were in 2000 at $2.3 trillion. This is despite the severe recession that Bush “inherited” from Clinton, 9/11 and Katrina. Revenues as a percentage of GDP in 2007 reached 18.5% as compared to Clintons 20.6% in 2000, once again, with all the factors mentioned above. Actually, despite the Bush tax cuts, again, revenues are projected to reach $2.089 trillion this year from a low of $1.189 trillion in 2009. You Liberals have to STOP this nonsense that the tax cuts aren’t creating increasing revenue, they obviously are. We don’t have a revenue problem, we have a SPENDING PROBLEM!!!! BTW you can verify my numbers from the Office of Management and Budget Historic Tables Table 1.3, if you like.

Third, I don't @!$%#ing care if the stimulus cost $200,000 for every job created/saved; as long as it got us out of the damn recession.

See, this is the typical Liberal irrational emotional response that drives common sense people crazy. How on God’s green earth can you even make a statement like that? You are willing to waste hundreds of billions of dollars to force us out of the recession? If each of those alleged jobs created or saved generated the average wage of $45,230 we lose more than3/4 of the stimulus. It would have just been better to give the $863 billion to industries and told them to hire 19 million people ($863 billion/$45,000=19.2 million jobs)!

Now, although the auto industry is slowly recovering, even though it still owes us nearly $24 billion, we are not expanding our domestic exportable industry sector base. No nation has created the wealth, prosperity and standard of living we are used to without it. China and Germany’s economies are the 2 leading export nations with diverse export industries. We no longer enjoy that benefit. In 1950 our economy was built around almost 53% exportable manufacturing industries, today it is 9%. We will never generate the massive amounts of revenue needed to repay our debt and Unfunded Liabilites at this rate with some hybrid consumption/service sector economy.

And in case you haven't noticed, the top 1% of Americans control 21% of ALL income earned in the US. How in God's name is that fair???

OK, once again, what is “fair”?????? How much should we cap wealth at? More importantly why? Remember, America promises equal opportunity, NOT EQUAL OUTCOMES! If you’re earning $50,000 annually and your employer feels you deserve $100,000 based on your performance, qualifications and ability will you agree if some mythical “fairness czar” decides you should only make $70,000? I doubt it.

What you fail to realize is that the 18% number is the average. Revenues went higher and lower under various circumstances, but they averaged at about that amount. Tax rates could, theoretically, rise higher and we could gain more income; according to the CBO, if the fiscal cliff is allowed to happen, revenues will rise to 23% of GDP somewhere around 2020, which is an anomaly.

I’m having trouble following your point here. I do understand the 18% is an average, its variance is +/-2% in very limited time frames. The way you increase revenue significantly, as a percentage of GDP, is by increasing the base, thus the GDP, no more, no less. This can only happen with long term sustainable domestic manufacturing industry jobs. I highlighted this “Tax rates could, theoretically, rise higher and we could gain more income;” because I don’t understand what you mean. I hope you don’t mean raising taxes will somehow increase income. If you mean selectively changing taxes rates according to increased revenues I don’t know how that’s possible.

that's why we need tax reform every few decades.

So, in the meantime adding 14,000 amendments to the tax code in between the reforms will be OK? How does that work? If you think there won’t just be more and more legislation with these earmarks snuck in them as they have been for nearly 100 years you don’t understand how the system works. I stand by my contention that a true fair tax is the FAIR Tax or Constitutionally amended Flat Tax so no one can add any changes to the code unless they go through the amendment process, which can take years. The FAIR Tax is not regressive as there are prebates. This gives every legal resident household an “advance refund” at the beginning of each month so that purchases made up to the poverty level are tax-free. The prebate prevents an unfair burden on low-income families. Wouldn’t you like to bring home your full pay of $45,230 (the average) every year and then YOU decide how you spend it, not the government. Please tell me you’re not that frightened to make your own decisions on how your money is used.

First of all, I'd like to see your sources on the size and the amount of fraud in entitlements (particularly Social Security).

I said waste, fraud, abuse and corruption (WFAC) in entitlements and social programs. The above discussion of Unfunded Liabilities is one of the frauds of Social Security. It’s a Ponzi scheme and is unsustainable. There is no “fund”, no “lockbox”, no money. Last year during the debt ceiling debates Chuck Schumer claimed there was some mythical $2.6 trillion surplus. If so, why was Obama and Geithner threatening recipients that if the debt ceiling isn’t raised by $2.4 trillion dollars they wouldn’t be able to pay S.S.? Because there is no surplus, it’s all gone. Here’s just a small example of the WFAC in our social programs which should even outrage you Liberals. Government auditors spent the past five years examining all federal programs and found that 22 percent of them–costing taxpayers a total of $123 billion annually–fail to show any positive impact on the populations they serve. So, almost 25% of social programs do NOTHING at a cost of $125 billion every year. Yet our criminals in government can’t find any cuts in spending for the life of them. Realize this study was done by GOVERNMENT auditors about governments WFAC. If you’re interested I have over 400 more examples accounting for hundreds of billions of wasted dollars. And yet in some convoluted way Liberals want to RAISE taxes despite all this WFAC. How can anyone justify that? BTW, you can find most of the sources in the GSA, CBO and OMB reports.

You fail to realize that we spent our way out of the Great Depression, first of all.

Please, please STOP with this incessant nonsense. In 1939 FDR’s own Treasury Secretary, Henry Morgenthau, admitted:

"No, gentlemen, we have tried spending money. We are spending more than we have ever spent before and it does not work. And I have just one interest, and if I am wrong, as far as I am concerned, somebody else can have my job. I want to see this country prosperous. I want to see people get a job. I want to see people get enough to eat. We have never made good on our promises… I say after eight years of this Administration we have just as much unemployment as when we started. And an enormous debt to boot!"~Henry Morgenthau

Sound familiar?

What got us out of the Depression was WW II. Actually it was the incredible domestic industrial machine we created after the war when Europe, Asia and Africa laid in ruins and the rest of the world began recovering from the Depression and War. We were the only standing industrial nation that could rebuild the devastated world. And rebuild them we did. We built cars, washing machines, lawn mowers, hula-hoops and anything else needed. You still don’t understand, we are spending more by buying imported products than ever, $800 billion projected this year. We need to resurrect our exportable industries. Most of them are gone forever due to technology, automation and decentralization of corporations but we can still return many industries.

The Progressive movement lifted millions out of poverty,

OK, this is it, I’m getting tired of typing. Progressivism nor government nor unions lifted anyone from poverty. The free-market industries that were created by visionaries, entrepreneurs and risk-takers did. Our massive unsustainable, unconstitutional morass of entitlements and social programs have created chaos. In 1965 the poverty rate was 14%, today according to the CATO institute after an estimated $15 trillion to $17 trillion spent by government, our poverty rate is 14.3% (15.1% accounting for the recession). How many more trillions do you think we need to spend, via government programs, to eliminate poverty? Our Department of Education was created in 1980, today despite countless trillions of dollars, the U.S. ranks in the bottom 1/3 of all OECD countries in math, science and reading. How will we ever “Win The Future” if most Americans read at an 8th grade level? Most Americans don’t know how to use—there, their or they’re—correctly in a sentence. Ask a high school senior to calculate 40% of 330 in their head and they start stuttering.

Our government has a contract with the American people. It’s called the Constitution. When federal government intrudes more and more into the States and Peoples sovereignty we all lose. We are a Federal Constitutional Republic with a Representative Democracy this is based on dual sovereignty and must be returned to it. The 9th and 10th Amendments are ignored and this is why we find ourselves with a massive government collapsing because it created a more massive debt.

Ronald Reagan said, “Government exists to protect us from each other. Where government has gone beyond its limits is in deciding to protect us from ourselves.”

Until we fix this we will collapse as a nation and as a society.

  • 1 vote
#1.112 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 10:35 PM EDT

Robert-385246

As far as being partially funded by the Federal government, that is true, but think about what that means - we are sending our money to Washington so they can take a cut of it, then distribute it back to us! Let's cut out the middle man and just fund the education system and firefighters directly.

WOW!!!!! I can’t believe I found another human being I can agree with more than ever on this one fundamental point. BRAVO my friend. It’s refreshing to see someone analyzing problems for once.

WHY, I repeat WHY, do we send so much money to Washington to just have them send it back to us as some type of benefit for allowing the Federal government to give us our money back? The answer is obvious but many, most notably Liberals/Progressives, don’t like it.

We send so much money to the Federal government that then decides how much we should get back in various subsidies, tax credits, Medicaid payments and hundreds of other benevolent returns. Why don’t we just figure out how much it takes for the Federal government to do what it’s responsible for under Article 1 Section 8, its Enumerated Powers, and then keep the rest in each individual state to use as needed?

This is the problem. Our Federal government has usurped its Constitutional authority under the banner of “taking care of us” with thousands of unsustainable, mostly ineffective entitlements and social programs we have created an unstoppable monolithic monster. Wouldn’t it be much easier to keep the money in each of our states so we can keep a closer eye on it? Or is that too simple a concept?

  • 1 vote
#1.113 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 11:22 PM EDT

Jim, thanks and without turning this into a group hug I have to say I was pretty impressed with your post as well. looking forward to exchanging more ideas with you in the future.

  • 2 votes
#1.114 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 6:08 AM EDT

Freeshie:There are so many holes in your arguments it's not funny. Taxes and government spending didn't end it, they prolonged the Great Depression for ten years. What ended the depression was WWII. You even stated that the industrialization that happened as a result of WWII ended the depression and yet you continue to claim that Keynesian spending ended the depression. Wow.

Do you know what we did in World War II??? The government SPENT MONEY. They had hundreds of contracts for buying tanks, jeeps, trucks, weapons, munitions, planes, ships, uniforms, etc. Private manufacturers hired people to fill out these contracts, and so unemployment dropped considerably. In case you haven't noticed, the GOVERNMENT SPENDS MONEY during a recession.

Note as well that the Healthcare deemed 'affordable' is now estimated to cost 2.6 trillion. Guess in democrat speak that's affordable? Note that the numbers keep evolving upwards and the freaking thing isn't even in full tilt.

I haven't heard the $2.6 trillion figure. As far as I'm concerned, it's $1.7 trillion. And that is over 10 years. And by the way, the CBO says it will reduce the deficit by around $200 billion, so technically it IS affordable.

No mention of the entitlement programs, no mention of fraud or redundancy in government, no mention of the thousands of new IRS agents hired to enforce 'healthcare.' The only job that Obama seems able to create is a government job. His attitude towards business is painfully apparent, backwards and destructive.

First of all, there is a lot of fraud in the private sector as well; Medicare spends 4% of every dollar on administrative costs, compared to 25% for private companies. Secondly, the IRS loses $300 billion a year in tax fraud; more IRS workers would automatically translate into more federal revenue and less deficits. Thirdly, government has barely grown under Obama; 84,000 federal jobs created under him. Fourth, Obama created 4.4 million jobs. And finally, he offered a plan to create 1.9 million jobs, most of which would be in the PRIVATE SECTOR. I don't care about his attitude to business; the US shouldn't have to bow the whims of business in a recession; we should be spending money to build up demand, instead of having to do their bidding.

Face it, the only thing Obama knows how to do is grow the government to massive proportions, that he is very good at, anything else, well, he is good at going around congress and granting amnesty to illegals, waivers so welfare recipients no longer have to work for the checks and dumping billions on 'green energy' so they can declare bankruptcy and as a side effect, his actions are causing coal mining companies to declare bankruptcy, with the subsequent job losses. But, hey, he's gonna get us back on our feet, and if it weren't for Bush, why we'd be there now.

You do realize that foreign companies are investing in green energy??? Spending money now will build up our industrial might in that sector in the future. And I have yet to see any waivers to welfare recipients. And I don't care if coal companies go out of business; better to suffer some economic strain now instead of losing a golden market in the future or drowning due to higher ocean levels.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 1 vote
#1.115 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 2:38 PM EDT

Robert-385246

Well, what I meant by that is that the money pot (by which I mean taxable income) will grow due to economic growth. I did not mean the money supply, which is a different matter. As the economy expands, so will tax revenue, enabling us to spend money on the things we need to spend on.

You are correct, growth is the key, but I see very little pro-growth policies being enacted now. I will also point out spending needs to be kept in line with growth - you cannot have 2 percent growth and a 10 percent increase in spending. That is a key point that a lot of people miss.

True, true. However, "pro-growth policies" is a vague term. What is pro-growth?? In my opinion, a pro-growth policy (during a recession) is for the government to pump money into the economy via lower interest rates, quantitative easing, and spending projects on infrastructure and aid to states. In a conservative's opinion, it would be lower tax rates, less spending (in the case of the Tea Party), and deregulation. We tried the first option and it worked, to a degree, but then tried the second one, and it did nothing, so I think option #1 would technically be a "pro-growth policy).

Actually, I don't trust the states with social safety programs or infrastructure, much less education. Take my home state of California, for example. Due to the recession's impact on the budget (and, I hate to admit, our extremely generous welfare system), we had to lay off tens of thousands of teachers even as the population grew. States are, in my opinion, too volatile fiscally to leave big things to them. They ought to have some control over infrastructure and education, but I believe that at least 50% of the control and most of the cost should come from the government. States always have to balance their budgets due to their balanced budget amendments, which I oppose only because that forces states to lay off people and cut education and other programs during a recession, when logic dictates that you should be hiring people, not firing them. The federal government, on the other hand, is a bit more stable.

Well since you are from California I understand your reluctance to trust in state government, but I have to point out if people are not happy with their state government they have no one to blame but themselves. The Federal government on the other hand is much, much harder to change. I really don't like any of your senators for example, but I'm completely powerless to do anything about them.

Theoretically yes, but it is much easier to change one government's legislature than it is to change 50 legislatures. And all our states are intertwined; I have read that decentralization, in the case of education, has stopped being an asset and is now a liability. My personal opinion is to have national reforms to affect the nation in a more rapid and broad-based "revolution," instead of 50 revolutions occurring at different times and in different places. At the very least, the federal government should bear the majority of the financial burden on education and ought to establish a national standard, along with broad-based reforms in teaching and advocating for higher salaries and merit-based pay.

At least letting the states control it provides what the engineers call a short control loop. Imagine if your stove controls were located in your neighbors house, or worse, city hall. By the way, my experience with education is very different from yours - I'm highly upset math is only taught to my kids 3 days a week, but when I complained about it the principal told me the Federal government has several mandatory classes that must be taught and teacher unions prevent them from simply adding on more hours so math had to take a back seat. That is every bit as stupid as it sounds :(

Well, the federal government could theoretically establish a standard that all states must comply with, so there is no unbalanced position between states. I'd suggest to look at states like China, which has numerous state and local districts yet the central government has considerable (although not total) control over the nation's education system, something we lack here in the US. At the very least, we ought to base reforms on successful models, some domestic, some foreign.

Well, the only reason why a lot of people are on welfare is because of the recession's impact on finances and on employment. I don't think we have a huge class of non-productive citizens; technically, over 40% of Americans are working or looking for work. In a good year, it would be around 50%. So I wouldn't say that we have a welfare class.But all of those are provided by the state government, not the Federal government.

According to this website http://www.usgovernmentspending.com/welfare_spending welfare spending was about 3% of GDP in the 1960's, now it is about 8%. Again, we simply cannot afford to have transfer payments grow at a greater rate than the overall economy. Hopefully we will do it right, that is give those people job training and maintain the system long enough to give them a fighting chance. If recent experience is any guide though we will keep kicking that can down the road until it is too late and we are facing a Greece-like situation....

First of all, does that include states and local governments??? Secondly, most of the reason for that is the recession; and in the late 60s we launched the Great Society welfare programs that helped millions. Technically, we will only face a Greek-situation if we keep spending at current levels (unlikely, the recession will decrease spending on social programs) and if we keep the Bush tax cuts permanently (we have to face it that since revenues are below 16% of GDP, we have revenue problem).

Well, not necessarily. VA doctors and nurses are hired by the feds, while teachers, firefighters, and other civil workers are partially funded by federal aid to states, and the federal investments in education.

VA doctors are not available to the general public and they are a really small percentage of the available doctors so I doubt it is fair to count them. As far as being partially funded by the Federal government, that is true, but think about what that means - we are sending our money to Washington so they can take a cut of it, then distribute it back to us! Let's cut out the middle man and just fund the education system and firefighters directly.

Cutting out the middleman does sound like a good idea. But the federal government is, in my opinion, the most fiscally responsible government when compared to the states. I know it sounds ludicrous, and it technically is, but the federal government isn't required to balance the budget every year; enabling it to make deficit spending during a recession, when it is necessary. The states keep cutting, especially from education and social spending, making the recession worse in those states.

I'll agree on that, but I don't believe that we should be firing people, or decreasing employment. We should be hiring people, preferably the unemployed and the underemployed, in infrastructure projects and other programs, at least unemployment goes below 5% and the labor market loosens.

We are in complete agreement on this. The Marines are cutting 20,000 people, the army over 50,000 and that is just silly. There are no jobs for these men out there. Cancel training, postpone a major exercise, give them less night vision gear, but for god's sake Obama don't throw them out of the military right now.

It's a shame that we have to cut those soldiers now, but whenever we reduce spending the first things to get cut are the payrolls. And technically, Obama didn't throw them out; Congress did, and only because we failed to get a deal during the 2011 debt debacle.

As Keynesian economics was only implemented once on a major scale, I can only give you one example, although you may have heard about before: World War II. You may point out that the main Keynesian program was the New Deal, and I agree, and then you would say that it didn't fix the economy. I disagree; the New Deal helped the economy by lowering unemployment, but it wasn't enough. Government spending during a recession was relatively new at the time, and the threats of being derided as socialists kept the New Deal relatively small. The U.S. industrial production during World War II is the most effective, yet more obscure, examples on the success of Keynesian economics. The government invested billions of dollars (the equivalent of trillions today) in contracts for tanks, jeeps, trucks, food, boxes, guns, cannons, planes, ships, munitions, belts, uniforms, shoes, fuel, etc. That created millions of jobs, lifting us out of the Depression. This massive mobilization of industrial power helped us after World War II as well, supporting an entire generation of economic prosperity and blue-collar middle class jobs.

This is one of those cases where we are using the same words, but they mean different things to us. You are correct that if you spend enough you will temporally improve the economy (your example of WWII is 100% correct in that context), but when I say it has never worked I mean the theory that a one time shot of money could "shock" an economy into life. WWII did improve the economy (impossible to spend that much and not improve it) but the spending had to be maintained for the economy to continue. And the theory has been tried several times, especially in Africa and South America. It has never proved beneficial in the long term and it has quite often devastated economies. I will give you two case examples to think about: South Korea in 1998 and Japan over the last two decades. South Korea bit the bullet, let values fall to their natural level (they had no choice, the U.S. and IMF specifically forbid them from trying Keynesian economics) and within two years they were back to normal growth. Yes that two years sucked pretty bad, but now it is just a distant memory. Japan by contrast took the same road we are trying, massive amounts of government spending in an attempt to restore "normal" growth. They are in their second decade of no growth, which we already agreed is the real key to a happy economy. By the way, the Keynesian proponents in Japan kept saying "it is not working because the stimulus was not big enough, we need to spend more." Their debt is now about 200% of GDP and they still don't have an end in sight. We are trying the same failed policies and for the life of me I don't see why it will work for us when it failed for them....

Technically, Japan was stuck in a deflationary spiral, which it very hard to get out. I understand where you're going, though. Keynesian spending is not meant to be permanent; it is usually supposed to occur for a certain number of years until (A) we reach full employment, (B) the private sector gets more confident and starts to invest their capital, or (C) both a and b. Had the stimulus been entirely devoted to infrastructure, the size would have been adequate at least for a few years; had it been larger but stretched out over let's say 5 years, the economy would be in a better state.

Nonetheless, it does signify a step toward universal equality for all Americans.

I do not want to turn this into a debate about gay rights, but I will dispute the idea society does not have a right to enforce social mores. Gay marriage has consistently been defeated in every fair election, including in your home state.

Yes, it is a shame that we fail to live up to our founding statement that "all men are created equal," and that they all deserve the rights "to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness." Yet I don't believe that the rights of the minority ought to be legislated by the majority; had we done that for civil rights, blacks would still live in segregated cities south of the Mason-Dixon line.

By that I mean it got the economy running positive, instead of contracting. The economy is still in trouble, but not as much as it would have been without the stimulus.

Maybe, and maybe we would have followed South Korea and gotten back to business as normal by now. It is impossible to prove one way or the other what would have happened without the stimulus so we will never have a definitive answer to this. I will point out though, that if the solution is simply to throw more money at the problem we could have left George Bush in charge. You know things are bad if George Bush is the answer :)

Unfortunately, Bush didn't throw money at the right places. Defense spending is a boost, but we didn't necessarily need that. And his tax cuts, according to the CBO, had an almost negligible effect on unemployment. Had he invested that money on infrastructure, education reform, and healthcare reform (either government-run healthcare or something just as good), more jobs would have been created.

Well, you know well about Dodd Frank, so I don't think a source for that is necessary. As for credit card reform, here is the site:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_CARD_Act_of_2009

On the Dodd-Frank bill, I did say meaningful reform :)

Well, Dodd-Frank is better than nothing ;)

As far as the wikipedia site, I simply do not trust wikipedia, too easy for anyone to type in anything they want.

I'll give you that one.

Of course $1.7 trillion is a lot, but it is stretched out over 10 years, and the program still reduces the deficit, according to the CBO. It does add more people to the insurance market, fixing the uninsured problem, and does address costs. My opinion is that it will reduce costs, but only marginally. The ACA was a good step in the right direction; not perfect, but it can be improved and hopefully superseded in the future by an overhaul of the entire healthcare system.

The Affordable Care Act is like the bailout in that I will throw stones at it all day and go to the mat with anyone who defends either. Think about the larger implications of this: you have health care because you are forced to go to a large corporation and buy it! This is just unbelievable. We both know had George Bush been the one to propose this Democrats would have called for his impeachment (and rightfully so). Will any Democrat be cheering when the Republicans take over and do their corporate donors a favor by forcing all of us to buy assault rifles? I'm sorry, but this is nothing to be proud of. I doubt we will recognize America 60 years from now as a result of this single stupid ruling. Enough about the implications of this, let's look at the actual program. The government is famous for underestimating costs so are you sure that 1.7 trillion is accurate? Also, that cost is misleading since taxes will be collected during the entire 10 years but it doesn't take effect until 2014 so what happens when the entire 10 year cost is factored in? If you want to overhaul the entire system you have my support, you want to increase the cost of an already expensive system, count me out.

We won't know the real effects of the program until 2020 at the most, but what we do know is that it is at least a shot in the right direction. It is expensive, but at least it reduces the number of uninsured people in the "land of plenty." I say go single-payer, or Medicare for all; it will reduce healthcare expenditures on administrative costs, and go a long way to fix the country. We still need to deal with things like fraud and waste and obesity, and we probably should substitute fee-for-service for fee-for-results, But it would at least eliminate the insane system that we have now.

Well, Obama at least offered a $4 trillion deficit reduction plan, and he would probably reduce the deficit by another $2 trillion, while Romney will increasing the deficit by at lest $3.4 trillion do to his tax cuts.

No Obama offered a future spending cut in exchange for tax increases today. Kind of like me telling you pay me 15,000 today and 10 years from now my daughter will give you her Toyota Corolla. First you are overpaying, second I have no way to actually make my daughter give you her car....

Well, if we factor in the $2.2 trillion cuts scheduled to take effect, we can say that we are cutting spending.

Thanks. At least we can agree to disagree...

That we can, I have no problems respectfully agreeing to disagree. Have a good day my friend :)

You too, buddy ;).

  • 1 vote
#1.116 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 3:35 PM EDT

JimSpence

Freshieee

Ok, I’ll play.

Hmm, are these the same "evil progressive liberals" who begged Bush not to pass his tax cuts because most went to the wealthy and because they would blow a huge hole in our budget???

Hmmm, just what hole did those tax cuts cause? You do realize that total tax receipts (In constant FY20005 Dollars) in 2007, just before the crash, were $2.414 trillion from a low of $1.901 trillion in 2003, right? Clintons highest revenues were in 2000 at $2.3 trillion. This is despite the severe recession that Bush “inherited” from Clinton, 9/11 and Katrina. Revenues as a percentage of GDP in 2007 reached 18.5% as compared to Clintons 20.6% in 2000, once again, with all the factors mentioned above. Actually, despite the Bush tax cuts, again, revenues are projected to reach $2.089 trillion this year from a low of $1.189 trillion in 2009. You Liberals have to STOP this nonsense that the tax cuts aren’t creating increasing revenue, they obviously are. We don’t have a revenue problem, we have a SPENDING PROBLEM!!!! BTW you can verify my numbers from the Office of Management and Budget Historic Tables Table 1.3, if you like.

Check the CBO on the effect of the Bush tax cuts on the budget. And don't give me the absolute value of revenues; that doesn't account for things like inflation or population growth. Use revenues to GDP, which states that revenues only got to around 18% of GDP ONCE, and that was at the peak of the housing bubble. Absolute values don't matter because they don't account for other factors.

Third, I don't @!$%#ing care if the stimulus cost $200,000 for every job created/saved; as long as it got us out of the damn recession.

See, this is the typical Liberal irrational emotional response that drives common sense people crazy. How on God’s green earth can you even make a statement like that? You are willing to waste hundreds of billions of dollars to force us out of the recession? If each of those alleged jobs created or saved generated the average wage of $45,230 we lose more than3/4 of the stimulus. It would have just been better to give the $863 billion to industries and told them to hire 19 million people ($863 billion/$45,000=19.2 million jobs)!

The bill was first of all $787 billion and secondly it 1/3 of it went to tax cuts. It wasn't the best stimulus, but at least it was enough to get us out of the recession. And tell me the LAST time tax cuts (which is the way I presume that you would rather have had the money distributed) created jobs??? It created private sector jobs for infrastructure projects and from the demand that ensued.

Now, although the auto industry is slowly recovering, even though it still owes us nearly $24 billion, we are not expanding our domestic exportable industry sector base. No nation has created the wealth, prosperity and standard of living we are used to without it. China and Germany’s economies are the 2 leading export nations with diverse export industries. We no longer enjoy that benefit. In 1950 our economy was built around almost 53% exportable manufacturing industries, today it is 9%. We will never generate the massive amounts of revenue needed to repay our debt and Unfunded Liabilites at this rate with some hybrid consumption/service sector economy.

I don't like our consumption-based economy as much as you do, but exports are on track to double soon, so I don't see how you can say that our export base (which is underpinning our recovery) is not expanding. And by the way, China is trying to get to a consumer-based economy so they won't be vulnerable to foreign recessions that will cut exports. And their trade surplus is shrinking rapidly.

And in case you haven't noticed, the top 1% of Americans control 21% of ALL income earned in the US. How in God's name is that fair???

OK, once again, what is “fair”?????? How much should we cap wealth at? More importantly why? Remember, America promises equal opportunity, NOT EQUAL OUTCOMES! If you’re earning $50,000 annually and your employer feels you deserve $100,000 based on your performance, qualifications and ability will you agree if some mythical “fairness czar” decides you should only make $70,000? I doubt it.

Fairness is a vague term used, I will admit that, but I would define fair as perhaps 12-14%, roughly what we had during the largest economic expansion in US history. I don't wealth should be capped or salaries decided by the government; contrary to what you might think, me and my liberal/progressive companions ARE NOT socialists. I believe that we ought to pursue government policies to reduce income inequality, which has occurred in large part due to 1%-favoring government policies.

What you fail to realize is that the 18% number is the average. Revenues went higher and lower under various circumstances, but they averaged at about that amount. Tax rates could, theoretically, rise higher and we could gain more income; according to the CBO, if the fiscal cliff is allowed to happen, revenues will rise to 23% of GDP somewhere around 2020, which is an anomaly.

I’m having trouble following your point here. I do understand the 18% is an average, its variance is +/-2% in very limited time frames. The way you increase revenue significantly, as a percentage of GDP, is by increasing the base, thus the GDP, no more, no less. This can only happen with long term sustainable domestic manufacturing industry jobs. I highlighted this “Tax rates could, theoretically, rise higher and we could gain more income;” because I don’t understand what you mean. I hope you don’t mean raising taxes will somehow increase income. If you mean selectively changing taxes rates according to increased revenues I don’t know how that’s possible.

Increasing tax rates increases revenues; Clinton raised taxes, and he had a surplus. Now, not all of it was caused by the tax increases (much of it was because of the dot-com bubble), but it at least proves that tax increases has something to do with increased revenues.

that's why we need tax reform every few decades.

So, in the meantime adding 14,000 amendments to the tax code in between the reforms will be OK? How does that work? If you think there won’t just be more and more legislation with these earmarks snuck in them as they have been for nearly 100 years you don’t understand how the system works.

I don't like the byzantine tax code as much as you do, but that is what is going to happen over time. And by the way, earmarks in the House are banned.

I stand by my contention that a true fair tax is the FAIR Tax or Constitutionally amended Flat Tax so no one can add any changes to the code unless they go through the amendment process, which can take years. The FAIR Tax is not regressive as there are prebates. This gives every legal resident household an “advance refund” at the beginning of each month so that purchases made up to the poverty level are tax-free. The prebate prevents an unfair burden on low-income families. Wouldn’t you like to bring home your full pay of $45,230 (the average) every year and then YOU decide how you spend it, not the government. Please tell me you’re not that frightened to make your own decisions on how your money is used.

You fail to understand that the "fair tax" is a consumption tax, and consumption taxes are almost always regressive because people at the top have a reduced propensity to spend money. I am not frightened; I just don't think that the rich ought to pay the same rates as the poor because in my opinion, everyone ought to pay from their own ability to pay; those with more can pay more, those with less ought to pay less.

You fail to realize that we spent our way out of the Great Depression, first of all.

Please, please STOP with this incessant nonsense. In 1939 FDR’s own Treasury Secretary, Henry Morgenthau, admitted:

"No, gentlemen, we have tried spending money. We are spending more than we have ever spent before and it does not work. And I have just one interest, and if I am wrong, as far as I am concerned, somebody else can have my job. I want to see this country prosperous. I want to see people get a job. I want to see people get enough to eat. We have never made good on our promises… I say after eight years of this Administration we have just as much unemployment as when we started. And an enormous debt to boot!"~Henry Morgenthau

Sound familiar?

What got us out of the Depression was WW II. Actually it was the incredible domestic industrial machine we created after the war when Europe, Asia and Africa laid in ruins and the rest of the world began recovering from the Depression and War. We were the only standing industrial nation that could rebuild the devastated world. And rebuild them we did. We built cars, washing machines, lawn mowers, hula-hoops and anything else needed. You still don’t understand, we are spending more by buying imported products than ever, $800 billion projected this year. We need to resurrect our exportable industries. Most of them are gone forever due to technology, automation and decentralization of corporations but we can still return many industries.

Newsflash: we SPENT our way out of World War II; ergo, we spent our way out of the recession. And we still produce things, just not as much as we used to. That means we can still spend our way out of recessions.

The Progressive movement lifted millions out of poverty,

OK, this is it, I’m getting tired of typing. Progressivism nor government nor unions lifted anyone from poverty. The free-market industries that were created by visionaries, entrepreneurs and risk-takers did. Our massive unsustainable, unconstitutional morass of entitlements and social programs have created chaos. In 1965 the poverty rate was 14%, today according to the CATO institute after an estimated $15 trillion to $17 trillion spent by government, our poverty rate is 14.3% (15.1% accounting for the recession). How many more trillions do you think we need to spend, via government programs, to eliminate poverty? Our Department of Education was created in 1980, today despite countless trillions of dollars, the U.S. ranks in the bottom 1/3 of all OECD countries in math, science and reading. How will we ever “Win The Future” if most Americans read at an 8th grade level? Most Americans don’t know how to use—there, their or they’re—correctly in a sentence. Ask a high school senior to calculate 40% of 330 in their head and they start stuttering.

I just want to make one statement: Social Security (a progressive program) reduced employment among the elderly from 30% to 10%.

Our government has a contract with the American people. It’s called the Constitution. When federal government intrudes more and more into the States and Peoples sovereignty we all lose. We are a Federal Constitutional Republic with a Representative Democracy this is based on dual sovereignty and must be returned to it. The 9thand 10th Amendments are ignored and this is why we find ourselves with a massive government collapsing because it created a more massive debt.

We CANNOT go back to the 18th century. We have to have a FLEXIBLE interpretation of the Constitution or we will NEVER prosper. The Constitution was made before things like derivative markets, too-big-to-fail banks, and massive corporations. We CANNOT survive without a relatively big government because individuals cannot do many things alone, like regulate externalities, reduce carbon emissions from corporations, and manage a nation of 317 million people. Anyone who thinks a small government can handle a country with 317 million people and a $15.4 trillion economy is in my opinion out of touch with reality.

Ronald Reagan said, “Government exists to protect us from each other. Where government has gone beyond its limits is in deciding to protect us from ourselves.”

Until we fix this we will collapse as a nation and as a society.

Reagan was also the guy who quadrupled the debt from $700 billion to $3 trillion. Food for thought.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 1 vote
#1.117 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 4:37 PM EDT

Freeshee, not only are you delusional but you must be insane. Over 70% taxes on anyone, what are you going to do when because all the extra money is gone they stop hiring, move out because this is not a tax but just legal robbery. It is Obama and people like you that are ruining this country. So yes, I do believe that liberals are unable to think for themselves but only listen to propaganda and are set to destroy this country of ours. You should not be called patriots but traitors!

  • 1 vote
#1.118 - Thu Jul 19, 2012 6:12 PM EDT
Reply
Comment author avatarBuster DouglasExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

We all need to be paying more in taxes, even the middle class, to support this president.

  • 34 votes
#2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:31 PM EDT
Comment author avatarSail NakedExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Go piss up a rope dumb ass.

  • 17 votes
#2.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:32 PM EDT

Why should the powers that be even care? The price of gasoline has skyrocketed and remained outrageously high and no one asks, oh, can they tolerate it?

  • 17 votes
#2.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:37 PM EDT

You could volunteer? Heck even the POTUS slams away $40k a year in his children's accounts to avoid paying tax.

That said, more taxes will equate to a smaller overall economy and less tax revenue even though it would be a greater percentage of what is left.

  • 15 votes
#2.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:41 PM EDT

Buster, I would say you are one that has more than likely never paid a dime in taxes!

Really doesn't matter what any of us think, we don't have a representative government anymore and haven't had one in quite a while!

  • 31 votes
#2.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:43 PM EDT
Comment author avatarMurphy AndrewExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

gas skyrocketed. If that coward harry ried would even put up some of those 30 bills he is sitting on for a debate, less a vote,you would hear a lot of ideas to bring it down to a liveable price! Instead we throw Billions down a crapper on Green jobs that if they were a good idea and fesable, the private sector could make it happen!

  • 25 votes
#2.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:44 PM EDT
Comment author avatarRick ColoExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Yeah right Buster you must be smoking too much hemp rope. The moron in-chief is just what we need to raise taxes on the common people. Maybe you ought to send him a few thousand for his campaign since you have so much. This is what I keep talking about when losers who love their entitlements and will do anything or vote for any idiot so they can get more handouts on the backs of the taxpayer. You ought to run for his VP>

  • 17 votes
#2.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:54 PM EDT

According to the IRS, the top 1 percent of income earners—those earning more than $380,000 in 2008—paid more than 38 percent of all federal income taxes while earning 20 percent of all income.

So they earn 20% of all the money but pay 38% of all the federal income tax collected yearly, sounds more than their fair share to me. To spent thrift liberals, they'd say that 90% would not be enough.

  • 23 votes
#2.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:57 PM EDT

Teapug bull. Your fed. taxes have not gone up. They have gone down. And, you fools can cry crap all day, but the Prez has nothing to do do with the gas price spike. If the folds have to go back to the same tax before the idiot "Bush", so what. Lowering it did nothing for the economy. Then we go to war and cannot pay for it.

  • 26 votes
#2.8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:58 PM EDT

You know what, OP. I'd be happy to pay more in taxes if that meant I'd be making more money than I do now and if that meant I'd be confident about basic benefits re health education and welfare. Of course, I can only afford to do my taxes with Quicken. I can't afford Romney's tax team that makes sure he doesn't pay his full freight and I can't open up an offshore account for my direct deposit paycheck.

  • 25 votes
#2.9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:59 PM EDT

I am sorry KeenInsight, but that is a really ignorant comment. Who wouldn't take more money and let the government take more if they didn't do anything to earn it. It's the people that take risks and work hard that are up in arms. Yes, 200K/year is a pretty good amount of money, but when it comes to business it may be a very low profit margin and any divergence from the sales norm could be a disaster for the business owner. Oh yeah, when all liberals are living the same, I might take what the elite of that clique have to say, but until then their rhetoric is an absolute joke

  • 7 votes
#2.10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:34 PM EDT

Buster Douglas

We all need to be paying more in taxes, even the middle class, to support this president

as Bugs Bunny says "what a Chiquita Maroon".

Buster: Are you sure you even pay taxes? In Florida, we would recommend you for the Baker Act!

  • 4 votes
#2.11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:37 PM EDT

The GOP propagandists have done a good job convincing their uneducated base that paying taxes is unpatriotic. (All the while they redistribute the wealth up to the plutocrats and shift the tax burden down the economic ladder.)

How do you suppose this country was built into the powerhouse it is? How do you expect it to survive without money to maintain it?

Why shouldn't those who can afford it pay back into the country who's resources and infrastructure helped them acquire their wealth?

Greed has eclipsed regard for the well-being of the country.

Class warfare? The 1% have been waging it for years.

  • 28 votes
#2.12 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:42 PM EDT

Funny comment Rick, seeing as how Obama is fighting AGAINST tax increases on the common people. It's your own beloved republicans that want to increase your taxes. They've already voted to increase your social security rate, and as Kyl's quote alludes to, “We're not talking about giving tax cuts to anyone. All we're asking is don't raise taxes on all Americans, and especially don't raise taxes on the people who create the business.", is that the only people he REALLY doesn't want to increase taxes on are the wealthy. You know, the people that AREN'T barely scraping by while in or near foreclosure with a low paying job that doesn't provide benefits. Think about it.

  • 13 votes
#2.13 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:50 PM EDT

Well it would seem to me that what we need to do is that for those people that think a tax increase is good we raise their taxes by 50% and for those people that think a tax increase is bad we lower their taxes by 25%. That should keep everyone happy and have a net gain in tax revenue of 25%. All Hollywood types screaming for social justice we raise their taxes by 80%. I mean I am sure they will be OK with that. Who know maybe Penn will quit being so angry. Athletes since they make such enormous sums of money we raise their taxes by 80%. Now all we have to do is do a 90% Tax increase on bonuses and we are golden.

  • 8 votes
#2.14 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:11 PM EDT

So they earn 20% of all the money but pay 38% of all the federal income tax collected yearly, sounds more than their fair share to me. To spent thrift liberals, they'd say that 90% would not be enough.

One more time, stupid people: The wealthy do not get pay checks. Wrap your tiny little brains around that. Most of their money comes in deferred comp, things like stocks and golden parachutes and stock options, and tennis lessons for their kids and private clubs and yachts, and, and, and...

THEY ARE NOT PAYING 38% IN TAXES.

You pay that because your boss insists upon giving you money every week instead of paying for your condo and giving you a car and letting you use the company jet.

And even on the small payroll they get, I'd bet you they get more back than they pay.

Don't you get it? Game rigged. You LOSE.

  • 17 votes
#2.15 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:31 PM EDT

Holy crap, seriously? Our current income taxes are the lowest in 30 years, and lower than all the other first-world industrialized countries. The government -- that's YOU, you are the government. The money is spent on services we need, like teachers, firefighters, sanitation, and of course roads, etc.

Right now states and municipalities are bankrupt. Right now basic services are being cut or ended, whether shorter school years with larger classes, or charging citizens for fire department services, and worse Emergency Managers in places like Michigan that equates to no democracy. Right here in the good old US of A, we have dictatorship.

This concept of tax cuts and more cuts only, never raising taxes (Norquist) is illogical. Eventually there would be zero tax revenue, and you ignoramuses never consider how a government operates on nothing. There is always waste that must always be controlled, but the idea that somehow all your tax dollars are wasted is one of the biggest lies being told.

If you want to get your undies in a bundle, get angry about all the "free stuff" (as Romney calls it) going to corporate welfare. Did you see the agriculture bill -- Hurry and contact your representatives, because this monstrosity is about to get passed. How about TARP being "free stuff" for Wall Street and the Banksters? How about tax breaks on dividend, capital gains, and estate taxes for the richest 2% that Romney wants to make even sweeter?

And what do the Teapublicans and Romney want? They want a hand-out from you, the middle class and working poor. They have had over a decade of unpaid wars, a decade of tax cuts for the rich, a meltdown of our economy because of deregulation of Wall Street. And they want YOU to sacrifice Social Security and Medicare to pay for their mismanagement. They tell you Social Security and Medicare is "free stuff" but it is not -- YOU pay into these trust fund programs.

Why in the hell would you take a cut in programs you've paid for so that the GOP/Romney can increase spending on defense, can increase tax cuts for the rich, can continue with corporate welfare -- In other words get their "free stuff" and YOU have to pay for it?

Stop being duped. Throw out the Teapublican oligarch. Romney the plutocrat -- He's not in it for you.

  • 31 votes
#2.16 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:40 PM EDT

Brenda1964.....

I'm sure there is a mom that loves you and is not a Democrat supporter, or if your thinking was hers, you'd have been aborted!

Here's your logic: "Pay your fair share"... You did learn that the tax code was law, and that the percentage amount in that code was 'your fair share'. You did learn that, right?? So now that someone has attained an education and a job and a commensurate income, you want to pick their pockets via some catch phrase, because you can not do as well as they did? Here's another thought... break out someone else's copy (I know you don't own one) of the Constitution and look for the Article on govt provided food stamps... Ummm, where exactly is it???

As for me, I pay by the rules... I am self employed and I'm opening an off-shore bank account just like Ms. Wasserman and Ms. Pelosi... My income will be what ever I say it is and you'll pay my ACA insuranca premium!

  • 5 votes
#2.17 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:52 PM EDT
Comment author avatarinsuralifeExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

Hey True PAtriot

Hugo Chavez is calling you! He needs a #2!! You're the man!

  • 5 votes
#2.18 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:56 PM EDT

Hugo Chavez is calling you! He needs a #2!! You're the man!

You can't beat him with arguments, so you try to beat him with infantile insults.

You fail.

  • 16 votes
#2.19 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:02 PM EDT

mj-1451595 -- Agreed. Folks, what mj is talking about are three things: 1) W2 employees are subjected to what's called "third party reporting" of income that the self-employed/business do NOT do--they can make sh!t up; 2) what is called the "effective tax rate," which is the actual rate paid, which is much lower because these entities make sh!t up; and 3) they have a gazillion more loopholes than you'll ever have in order to make sh!t up.

It's not even about "paying" by the rules as Romney claims, or per the IRS game idiot Lindsey Graham referred to -- Yes, it's rigged, and what's worse, these unpatriotic unethical douchebags have convinced about 35% of the population, otherwise known as Teabaggers, that the rich and corporations DESERVE to benefit from said rigged system!

The rich, especially the richest 1% are NOT "job creators." Even so-called small businesses are not the "job creators." DEMAND creates jobs, and the demand that creates jobs comes from the 98% middle class and working poor. When the 95-98% (under $250,000) do well, everyone does well including businesses and the rich.

The decimation of the middle class is why our economy sucks. To support continued GOP/Bush-era policies (on steroids under Romney the plutocrat) would be disastrous -- Obama/Biden - 2012!

  • 27 votes
#2.20 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:04 PM EDT
Comment author avatarLiarsInPolitics=duhExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

TurdPatriot,

All I hear from you is the usual liberal rhetoric. Teabagger this, Teapublican that. I am an idependent who actually voted for Obama last election. Your polarizing views are extremely annoying and just downright hateful. People like you are exactly what's wrong with politics these days: my view is always right and you're wrong. Arrogance and what I refer to as cranium/rectum inversion syndrom.

Now you STFU!!!

  • 8 votes
#2.21 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:06 PM EDT

I shouldn't say this but here goes anyway, Explain why Bush lowered the taxes for bout 6 years, Obama carried the Bush tax cuts for 3years and extended them for a 4th year. Stimulus money was pumped into the the Economy in two of three locations that are well known to get the economy moving. So, now comes the question. With all that money you were givin, why is the economy not moving? Once the money leaves the governments hands to the citizens it is not their responsability at that point. That amount of money for all the years must be, what? 4-5 trillion? If your not going to put it to work give it back. It is not your to keep.

Now, jump on that Airheads.

  • 10 votes
#2.22 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:11 PM EDT

6dogs,

The reason after the stimulus our economy is not better is because most of the money went to foreign sources.

http://www.obamanomicsoutsourced.com/

  • 5 votes
#2.23 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:22 PM EDT

If someone started their own business from scratch, created good paying jobs and can prove to be a good corporate citizen given a tax cut. Mosy wealthy folks have had plenty of government subsidies and favors and give back nothing to their country other than bribes to polititians

  • 5 votes
#2.24 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:25 PM EDT

Yes And, And!, AND!!! Our Taxes are/were used to Repair American Infrastructure, improve American Education, Assist Small Business Start Ups and Many Many Many More AMERICAN Improvements to keep America Strong and resilient And EVEN Create An American Universal healthCare System; NOT for Tax Evasion Bonuses for the 1-10% and Corporate Rich, Unending Very Profitable Wars which are ruinous and campaign funding for scoundrels the likes of MittTaxPittance Rommel and King George TheVacuumBrained. You Can Take That To The Bank.

  • 5 votes
#2.25 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:39 PM EDT

"These are the people (the high income earners) who have enough money to invest in businesses and to create jobs.” -Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona.

If true, then where is the investment in businesses and job creation?

Most likely it's in the banking and finance sectors of Switzerland and the Cayman Islands.

  • 9 votes
#2.26 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:45 PM EDT

So many complaints from uninformed stooges and the 1%, the "job creators," who haven't really created jobs in the U.S. during these past 10 years. My response to these selfish little piggies is:

You have accrued financial wealth, in great part, because you have the opportunity that comes by living in this society, which provides services, opportunity and, hopefully, fairness for all. For our society to run smoothly it must have a number of institutions. You know courts, police, hospitals, schools, while also recognizing it has the moral responsibility to help care for individuals who aren't able, for one reason or another, to take care of themselves. The people in the armed services, teachers, firefighters, those who maintain our infrastructure, consumers, scientists et al. are all part of this society which have made it possible for you to have succeeded materially. Without all those various cogs in our society, it is unlikely you would have realized your wealth. Without them, your life would be one in which you might have to guard your possessions, fighting off those who are less fortunate, live with shortages, little or non-functioning infrastructure. You would have to cope on your own with such events as fires, the ravages of fierce weather and threatening public health scenarios.

In short, it would be a brutish form of survival without the legal, social, and institutional support that a formal government provides. Government helps promotes the social mores and customs of a society. It helps provide the social glue that creates a civilized, functioning group, society. And all this requires each provide according to their ability the financial support a government requires to function. You know, taxes.

  • 14 votes
#2.27 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:58 PM EDT

It took an amendment to the constitution to make taxes on incomes legal in the first place.

The sixteenth amendment removed the census or enumeration test for taxation thereby obliterating the only check and balance on Congress' power to tax.

All taxation of income is immoral, unethical and no one should ever have to pay income taxes because it is innately unfair to tax someone for being self sufficient and now the power to tax is being used to dictate behavior.

If you are liberal you may be in love with "ObamaCare" and argue your own natural right to individual or consumer sovereignty away... but...

Rest assured, conservatives will use this power to dictate too and you may be less than pleased with the results when that day comes, which it surely will.

"They", Congress, all of them, cannot be trusted with unlimited, unchecked, unbalanced power to tax and thereby compel, dictate the behavior of.... you dear.

Only voluntary actions can be taxed morally and the natural right to pursue property as enumerated by John Locke is beyond question the thing that builds freedom.

All problems in America have their roots in the sixteenth amendment... the good news is that there is a way out and it has been endorsed by nine states already....

DOT org/

  • 2 votes
#2.28 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:02 PM EDT

It's the people that take risks and work hard that are up in arms. Yes, 200K/year is a pretty good amount of money, but when it comes to business it may be a very low profit margin and any divergence from the sales norm could be a disaster for the business owner.

The wealthy do not take risks. If I have millions of dollars diversified in different in investments I can afford to have some go sour. It is the middle class who takes the real risk. Most high paying jobs now require college education. So the middle class guy has to take a risk and put down a sizable portion of their money into getting a degree. The rich man can easily afford to go. The working man has to take when he trusts his companies pension funds for his retirement money. The company could be sold and his hard earned pension money could evaporate overnight. The working man has to take a risk when he buys a house by taking out a mortgage. God forbid the economy might crash due to the actions of the 1% and he ends up underwater on his mortgage. He has to take a risk simply by living since a bad sickness could easily end up eating through his life savings. Don't tell me that the 1% take more risks than everyone else.

Business owners whose profits are still counted as their own income would be affected and I think this is maybe what you are talking about. However, this tax fight is only over raising the individual income tax, not the corporate tax rates so most businesses would not be affected in the way that you are saying they would. A business making 200K a year is vastly different from an individual making 200k a year.

"These are the people (the high income earners) who have enough money to invest in businesses and to create jobs.” -Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona.

If true, then where is the investment in businesses and job creation?

It is non existent. Consumer demand creates jobs and a stronger economy. Not a few rich dudes investing money.


  • 13 votes
#2.29 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:02 PM EDT

The rich should be taxed in proportion based on the difference of median income of the middle class and the poor. The gap has been increasing because of favoritism and elitism. We the many are who make up the government because of our mass voting power. Yet, the government appears to favor the rich. Achieving the American dream should come with a success tax which would be the Patriotic thing to do. Anything less is economic slavery and our government protecting the elite.

  • 8 votes
#2.30 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:07 PM EDT

This is an ever escalating stairway. Tax - spend, tax more - spend more....it will never end. Its time for our gov. to get a budget and live within it and stop the silliness....in times of budget crunches the first thing gov. does is cut spending on are the very services the people depend on, that are most important to us such as; schools, police, fire, etc. This is the ploy the gov. uses to scare the tax payer into capitulation. Never cut foreign aid to corrupt foreign governments who will turn on us at a moments notice, never cut gov. salaries, never reduce the numbers of gov. employees who man out-dated gov. offices or depts. that are no longer relevant or are redundant. Only taxes cut are those that have an immediate impact on tax payers. We need to demand our politicians to keep to the budget - if and when they ever get a budget (which they find more convenient to work with since they don't have to explain to us why they over spent a budget that doesn't exist) - HOW STUPID ARE WE?

NO TO HIGHER TAXES - YES TO A FIXED AND PROPERLY REGULATED AND AUDITED FEDERAL BUDGET - YES TO FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY! We need to start voting out of office all the dead wood that can't propose a proper budget or stay within one, hold them all accountable to their responsibilities and stop falling for their scare tactics.

  • 4 votes
#2.31 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:16 PM EDT

romney = rmoney.

  • 6 votes
#2.32 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:30 PM EDT

historicall taxes on the top have always been higher than they are now and we did better then that now- so one could posit that high taxes on the wealthy create jobs not the other way around which btw i haven seen any of these rich folk jobs in the past 4 years they swore they would create if they got their way- well they have and we still have no jobs, and you people are stupid enough to believe them yet again

  • 3 votes
#2.33 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:51 PM EDT

This is one problem with the Collapse Nazi's. We have to keep explaining the same things over and over again.

wtfjes66 -- The income tax rates are the lowest in 30 years. The "effective" tax rate, meaning the rate the self-employed and corporations pay after all the write-offs, is also much lower than they will have you believe.

The lack of logic to Norquist and his Teabag followers is -- If we only cut taxes, cut and always cut, and can never raise taxes, than eventually there would be zero revenue for government to operate. Yes, there are those who think they'd like anarchy, but of course they are not only fools but traitors.

Economist consensus is we can't drop below revenues of 20% of GDP, at least not long term. We need to be closer to 22%, and right now we are around revenues of 18% of GDP. There is a breaking point, a real point at which the lies about waste no longer hold. We are seeing now the real cuts to services that are NOT waste, such as teachers for education, cops for security, as well as our crumbling infrastructure.

Those who want austerity and to "eat the corn seed" rather than investment in our future are un-American. In addition, these folks like the Teapublican leadership, aren't sincere about reducing deficits. Enough with the ignorance and destruction. Clean House and throw the Teapublicans out.

  • 10 votes
#2.34 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:56 PM EDT

NO TO HIGHER TAXES - YES TO A FIXED AND PROPERLY REGULATED AND AUDITED FEDERAL BUDGET - YES TO FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY! We need to start voting out of office all the dead wood that can't propose a proper budget or stay within one, hold them all accountable to their responsibilities and stop falling for their scare tactics.

First you want a budget, but then you don't want to raise taxes to balance it. How the hell are you going to balance the budget without raising taxes??? Taxes are BELOW the 18% average; they were almost never even close during the Bush years, and the only reason why they were close was because of the housing bubble which blew up. The Bush tax cuts cost us $4 trillion over 10 years; that is over half of our deficits over that same time. Why not just repeal the tax cuts, reform entitlements, cut defense, and be done with it??? Just bite the dam bullet, America. We've been living off tax cuts and spending increases for decades; it's time we ALL buckled down and paid our fair share.

Only voluntary actions can be taxed morally and the natural right to pursue property as enumerated by John Locke is beyond question the thing that builds freedom.

Oh bull@!$%#. The 16th amendment was created so that the wealthiest Americans wouldn't make off with the majority of the nation's wealth and income; consumption taxes mainly affect the middle class, while the rich get a huge tax cut. John Locke would be horrified if he saw how big the gap is between rich and poor is. And by the way, John Locke supported equal rights for ALL MEN. You conservatives bitch about freedom and liberty, yet continue to regulate the bedroom, a woman's reproductive rights, and deny people the basic rights of marriage and equality. If you want to use John Locke, try fixing the principles of your party that he would oppose.

Ladies and gentlemen, we cannot argue and bitch about whether we ought to raise taxes; we should be arguing about how much we raise taxes. Every other country but ours has to deal with this stupid anti-tax argument. I, for one, am tired of it. I say repeal the Bush tax cuts for everyone, raise taxes across the board gradually, add a few more income brackets (two at the bottom, four at the top), have the highest tax rate as 70% on $40 million or more, and use some of that money to fix our roads and our schools, and the rest to cut the debt.

OBAMA BIDEN 2012

  • 8 votes
#2.35 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:58 PM EDT

GOP Senate Whip Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona told Gregory, “We're not talking about giving tax cuts to anyone. All we're asking is don't raise taxes on all Americans, and especially don't raise taxes on the people who create the business.

Then who do we tax? Middle class? These people do not create jobs. Why would a billionaire, with all that mony, start a business and put up with labor problems, tax pro blems and etc. Everyone should pay taxes. The nation needs it to run. But, we also need leaders who use common sense, and morales. And we have no such politicians. Now, we have Religious groups who want to run the government,but pay no taxes and have no morality either.

  • 4 votes
#2.36 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:00 PM EDT

**********************************************************************************************************

Increase the tax rate back to what it was for the 1%

****************************************************************************************************

  • 3 votes
#2.37 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:02 PM EDT

Taxes on those making over $250,000 are already going up starting January 1, 2013. Extend the Bush tax cuts and the social security pay roll tax for one more year to see what the impact will be on the economy. But, allowing the Bush tax cuts to expire across the board will automatically put the country back into a recession and that's without taking into account the taxes associated with the PPACA.

Not that any of this matters. It is an election year, this is all political posturing. Dick Durbin is from one of the highest taxed states in the nation. It happens to be one of the most in debt states as well. Illinois is surrounded by states being ran by republican governors who all lowered taxes and are luring businesses away. I don't think he was the right messenger to convey this rhetoric. Harry Reid is having a hard time securing his 51 votes in the senate because he can't convince members of his own party that raising taxes is a good thing. It definitely won't pass in the House.

  • 1 vote
#2.38 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:13 PM EDT

it would not be increasing the upper tax level...it would actually be RESTORING the tax level to that during the Clinton years. years that were good for the US. and, for those of you who believe that supply-side economics is the way to go, I suggest you take some eco courses...it is the demand side that pushes an economy forward. but, in order for the demand side to work, wages for middle class and lower class workers must go up. wages have been flat for the 98% for the last 30 years. some would even suggest that actual income for the 98% has dropped. that certainly can't be said about the 1%, the vulture capitalists.

  • 5 votes
#2.39 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:22 PM EDT

http://www.taxpolicycenter.org/taxfacts/displayafact.cfm?Docid=213

The top tax rate hasn't been this low since the 1930's and, then there weren't tons of loopholes. Romney pays 14% in 2010 and won't release his 2011 return. We can do as the Baggers want and return to no civilization, no educations, (as if they value education), screw the roads, bridges, the military, the elderly, the disabled--just screw everyone and try Darwinism---or, we can tax the richest at a higher rate--like Eisenhower, Nixon, Ford, Reagan. 91% was the top earner tax rate during Eisenhower.

I say that we divide the red states and the blue states and start all over. One with great infrastructure, well educated, healthcare for every "Blue State Citizen", etc. And the "Red State Citizens" could have the town blacksmith do surgery and they could pay him/her with road kill.

  • 6 votes
#2.40 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:28 PM EDT

LiarsInPolitics=duh -- The polarization started some time back with gerrymandering by Republicans -- that is drawing districts to make those districts "safe" for their Republican candidates. This is the reason for incumbents who are in office forever and ever regardless of the crap they do.

Polarization started to increase with the Iraq war, culminating with TARP and the start of the Tea Party. This is when the gerrymandering became a bigger problem. In those safe "red" districts, the only challenge has been coming from the Far Right -- the extreme fringe. This is why it is important to denote the difference between the Republicans and Teapublicans.

If you pay attention, you'd note that when I refer to times prior to the 2010 mid-term election, I say "Republican" and not "Teapublican." There are others (even a book) about the Teavangelicals too. Because sadly not long after 2008, the Tea Party was quickly usurped from a fiscal movement to the religious-right movement and obsession with things like abortion.

But my guess is you will not read this response because you just "swooped and pooped" your irrational anger. Well you don't know anger my friend, because I am beyond pissed off about the Lost Decade our country has suffered due to GOP/Bush-era policies of voodoo economics, neocon foreign policy, and religious radicalism. This is what is destroying the country as a whole, but has also destroyed an entire generation of baby boomers who can NEVER get that decade back.

dave20121 -- The president's proposal to extend the Bush tax cuts (for one year) includes breaks for the richest 2%. Couples with incomes of $250,000 or more will only pay a higher tax rate on earnings above and beyond $250,000. It is mind-bending that the Teapublicans are blocking this. It is much better than just letting all the Bush tax cuts expire -- But that's what the GOP/TP does -- They throw the American people under the bus for political gain. They want to blame the expiration of Bush tax cuts for the middle class on Democrats and the president.

I for one know better than that, and a lot more voters are getting a clue too. Throw the Teapublicans out! And as a shout out to LiarsInPolitics=duh -- Bring the sane Republicans back.

  • 7 votes
#2.41 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:31 PM EDT

"The Arizona Republican predicted that his party will gain control of the Senate on Election Day...The GOP needs a net gain of four seats to do so"

Actually, they only need a net of 3 if Romney wins, because the VP would cast the tie-breaking vote.

Here is the latest from Rasmussen, the most accurate pollster over the last two presidential elections – this is among 'Likely Voters', which is much more accurate than polls of 'Registered Voters' since polls of Registered Voters typically overstate the Democrat by about 4% compared with actual results (Republicans are more likely to vote);

Electoral Votes for Obama (strong + leaners) = 247

Electoral Votes for Romney (strong + leaners) = 191

There are 7 'Battleground States' – CO, FL, IA, NC, OH, VA, WI. In those states, Romney has a slight lead in FL, IA, NC, OH and WI, with 78 Electoral Votes which brings him to 269 Electoral Votes. In the other two states of CO and VA, with 22 Electoral Votes the candidates are exactly tied among Likely Voters.

One other point worth mentioning is that 'Undecided Voters' typically go to the challenger (Romney in this case) by anywhere from 60% to 90%, and with about 8% in the 'Undecided' column, Romney has a distinct advantage at this time which could add 2% to 6% to his total – the 'best guess' at this time is Romney with 291 Electoral Votes to 247 for Obama. But of course the election is months away, and anything could happen. The link is as follows;

http://www.rasmussenreports.com/public_content/archive/2012_electoral_college_scoreboard

PS – If it's a tie with each getting 269 votes, then the House of Representatives (likely controlled by Republicans) gets to elect the President.

  • 2 votes
#2.42 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:39 PM EDT

sandtrich -- Rick Perry turned away tons of money for Texans with irrational desire to end Planned Parenthood. If he and other Teapublican governors turn away tons of money to expand Medicaid, the picture you paint is quite real. Two countries, the Blue and the Red, and the Red sinking financially with higher rates of poverty. Really, had the South seceded from the Union, it would be a third-world country already. They pay in less to the Federal government than they receive as it is.

  • 6 votes
#2.43 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:40 PM EDT

aggrevatedofficeworker

historicall taxes on the top have always been higher than they are now and we did better then that now- so one could posit that high taxes on the wealthy create jobs not the other way around which btw i haven seen any of these rich folk jobs in the past 4 years they swore they would create if they got their way- well they have and we still have no jobs, and you people are stupid enough to believe them yet again

The response I've seen from many annalists on this subject is that businesses are waiting to see how the ACA (obamacare) plays out and what are the impacts to be on them. There are other issues but this seems to be the main stumbling block. So you can't really blame the rich businessperson (some not so rich either who aren't hiring for the same reason. - he is in business to make a profit and not dumb enough to buy a pig-in-a-poke). Even financial institutions with banks of lawyer and accountants can't figure this 2600 + health document out. So just don't jump at the first blush of uneducated anger at the wrong people.

  • 2 votes
#2.44 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:50 PM EDT

I hate to have to say this, but President Obama is not trying to raise taxes on the wealthiest Americans, like the story claims. The Republikans in Congress voted back when the GW Bush tax cuts were first enacted to have the lower rate revert to the higher rate in 2011, and late in 2010, they also agreed to allow the GW tax cut to revert in 2013 instead, in exchange for only one year of extended unemployment benefits. So, the conservatives in Congress already agreed twice to raise taxes on themselves, and they have benefited far more from a two-year extension of the GW tax cut than our long-term unemployed benefited from an extra year of receiving unemployment benefits in areas of the US with persistently-high unemployment rates.

It would be quite fair to say that President Obama does not want to extend the GW tax cut for the wealthiest Americans any longer than the Republicans already agreed to extend that cut, but it IS NOT fair or correct to say that President Obama wants to raise taxes on the rich, when wealthy Republicans already twice agreed to that raise!!! Furthermore, since our top tax rate is lower than it has been since 1916, the US ought to be awash in good-paying jobs and we are obviously not, so the theory that tax cuts for the rich stimulate anything but economic growth in China and Mexico and the number of companies abandoning America is obviously bunk too!

Why not raise our top tax rates back to what they were during Ron Raygun's first term (50%), or to what they were during Johnson, Nixon, Ford, and Carter's 16 years in office, when our economy was doing pretty well (70%) or even to what they were during Ike's 8 years in office (90%)???

  • 2 votes
#2.45 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:59 PM EDT

Then who do we tax? Middle class? These people do not create jobs. Why would a billionaire, with all that mony, start a business and put up with labor problems, tax pro blems and etc.

The "1%" will not start a business unless there are customers. Who are the customers? For most products, it is the middle class. When this country was manufacturing-intensive, even the wealthiest people understood the need for a prosperous middle class (think of Henry Ford and his introduction of a $5/day pay scale so that his workers could afford to buy his cars). Now that so much of the economy is in the financial sector, the link between the wealthy and the middle class has been broken because the wealthy no longer need a middle class.

  • 5 votes
#2.46 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:01 PM EDT

First the rightwing claimed taxes were causing uncertainty, then regulations, and ACA, and on and on and that's a crock of crap. If your business is going gang busters, you will hire, buy equipment, and do whatever you need to do to be successful. The problem is businesses, though many have made record profits and are sitting on piles of cash, are concerned about one thing and one thing only -- DEMAND.

Small business owners are already seeing the benefits from ACA to their bottom line, and will see more as time goes by. This is why the Teapublicans have tried to block ACA all along. What will their claim to fame be now? National security? Not after Iraq. Fiscal responsibility? Not after the Bush Recession. Religious wedge issues? Yes, that's why they have focused like a laser on jobs abortion.

Democrats are trying to stimulate DEMAND, but thanks to GOP/TP obstruction, the recovery is not as fast at it could be. If the Jobs Act had been passed, and the public sector was hiring per population growth rather than firing, the unemployment rate would be below 7% right now.

It's the middle class stupid. Obama/Biden - 2012!

  • 4 votes
#2.47 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:01 PM EDT

The rich are holding back because they want more repubs in power to keep the taxes low on the rich. The Ryan plan raises taxes by 20% on the middle class while giving Romney and rich over $700,000 tax break. If the rich and repubs can make the economy worse like they pledged to do , to keep President Obama from serving a second term, they will rape the middle class of their Soc sec, medicaid and the Post Office. Privatizing and raising rates for greed profits.

Stop the greedy Romney and repubs.

Vote Obama/Biden 2012

  • 3 votes
#2.48 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:04 PM EDT

wtfjes66 said...NO TO HIGHER TAXES - YES TO A FIXED AND PROPERLY REGULATED AND AUDITED FEDERAL BUDGET - YES TO FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY! We need to start voting out of office all the dead wood that can't propose a proper budget or stay within one, hold them all accountable to their responsibilities and stop falling for their scare tactics.

Freshieee your response......First you want a budget, but then you don't want to raise taxes to balance it. How the hell are you going to balance the budget without raising taxes???

That's all you got from my post........so sad!

  • 1 vote
#2.49 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:11 PM EDT

Mitt the Vulture Ass should move his Assets back from the Cayman and Bermuda islands and pay proper taxes on these assets. Other vultures should follow suit.

Then we can say, Mitt has behaved properly.

  • 3 votes
#2.50 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:18 PM EDT

True Patriot,

How is allowing people to keep more of what they earn, regardless of bracket a bad thing? After all they earned the money! Or are you confusing capital gains and inheritance taxes again with income taxes? It would be different if a tax increase would make a difference, but every time taxes have been increased, spending has also increased and each time a larger percentage goes to social safety net programs. Why is it wrong to make someone stand up and take care of themselves? Why is it wrong for incentive to exist for people to find a job, or take care of a parent? I believe in helping someone get back on their feet, but it doesn't go to the extreme of supporting them for years in the process. I truly cannot say where our tax rates stand in the free world, at least on individuals, but it seems to me that the rest of the western world is in a far worse boat than we are financially at the moment. so how did having more social programs and higher tax rates benefit them?

Our government wastes more money in a morning than most people would see in two or three lifetimes. We are running trillion dollar deficits and are projected to continue running them for another ten years! We need fiscal responsibility not tax increases. George H. Bush compromised on his pledge of no new taxes during his presidency. He gave in and signed a tax increase but never saw the promised cuts from congress, only an increase in spending. It was one of the contributing factors that lost him the election. President Obama submitted a budget this year to the house. The house brought it up for vote and not one representative, NOT ONE voted for it! Not even his own party because everyone thought it unrealistic. The crazy spending must stop! The government needs to be reduced in size and returned to it's proper functions. Once that is accomplished, a tax increase can become a part of a balanced budget bill. I will support it then, but not until Washington learns to live within it's means.

  • 3 votes
#2.51 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:25 PM EDT

This administration wants a tax increase in 2013??

Why must American tax payers send foreign aid to countries that do not like us.??

This government has a spending problem.

Fix this 1st, then WE can determine if the government deserves higher taxes.

47% of Americans pay no taxes. Thanks for your help.!!

What is the percentage of Americans making their living from government jobs??

What is the percentage of Americans making their living in the private sector.??

A government can not give anyone anything until they take it from someone else 1st.

We need tax producing jobs, not jobs produced from taxes.!!

  • 5 votes
#2.52 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:36 PM EDT

balancing the budget would be a NICE thing but governments can not and will not ever balance the budget.....to many things happen in the course of any year to cover and take care which you can not plan for.......Kyl is brain dead when he mentions we can not tax the job creators....it has been a LIE the REpubs been saying for 30 years...they have gotten their tax breaks and haven't created much of anything except MORE jobs overseas and NOT here!!

  • 1 vote
#2.53 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:43 PM EDT

For starters, it would be good to see a tax penalty levied against US corporations that ship jobs overseas, or otherwise have been particularly aggressive in dismissing useful employees in the interest of aggregating massive executive salaries.

For those of you who weep about your taxes (and especially those of you who weep while earning over six figures a year, or seven if you're in a major metropolitan area), here's a confession: I personally do not wish to dig my own well for water, cut and pave my own roads, finance my own army, or do a whole lot of other things that governments tend to do.

However, maybe people who feel as I do are just lazy Communists, as we are so frequently labeled.

Praise Jesus!

  • 1 vote
#2.54 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:46 PM EDT

I just wonder, if romney wins and the right takes control of boh the house and the senate, then the economy tanks, are they still going to blame obama?

  • 1 vote
#2.55 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:48 PM EDT

To all the liberals who think that it is great idea to tax the "rich" I want you to think about a few things....

1) In economics you tax something you want less of and subsidize what you want more of... Why would you tax the individuals who create businesses from their hard work and ingenuity and give trillions of benefits to non-producing citizens through food stamps, section 8 housing, and "free" healthcare. I am sick and tired of seeing people in Walmart paying for their groceries with a debit food stamp card and talking on their IPhones! I see 4 bedroom, 3 bathroom, 3 car garage houses being used for section 8 housing (with the garage full of cars, the living room with a big screen led tv, and the kitchen full of brand name food)! I have to scrimp and save to buy my food, have a tv that I SAVED up for and have to pay more for my auto insurance because there are so many illegals in my state who have none.

2) Why do the liberals hate the so-called 1%? Most of the liberal political elite are in this 1%, but, they are willing to sacrifice the remainder of the "rich" so that they will not lose what they have. Think about the money that families like the Kennedys, Warren Buffett, Bill Gates, John Kerry, and even Bill and Hillary Clinton have. You can be assured that they will find ways to save what they have even if they have to destroy millions of small businesses in order to satisfy their belief in "fairness" and keep their stanglehold on power.

3) Why is the govenment continually expanding? There is more revenue coming into the Treasury now than ever in American history, but, the deficit keeps expanding. The reason is that our current government is inefficient, wasteful, bloated and corrupt! The "Bridge to Nowhere", crony capitalism (Solyndra, GM and Chrysler and the rapidly decomposing "green" energy companies come to mind) and the fact that it is impossible to have an efficient bureaucracy in this country is taking trillions of dollars out of the private economy and "redistributing" it to government bureaucrats, union bosses and crony capitalists.

We need to realize that this country will soon collapse under this form of tax and spend government. Remember that this government is FOR the people, not the people itself!

  • 1 vote
#2.56 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:00 PM EDT

Pigotry, not sure who has been telling you he pays different taxes offshore but he doesn't. Long term capital gains for a US citizen in his bracket are 15% no matter where it is earned. Corporations are a different story maybe thats what you heard. They only pay US rates if they bring the money back to the US. Which is why most companies leave their money overseas as it is a double tax if they bring it back.

Patriot, in addition to my full time job i have 2 LLC's. I can tell you with 100% certainty that UNCERTAINTY over the things you mention taxes, regulation and the ACA affect my decisions and thought process. Everything isn't nearly as simple as...... well what is demand this week.

It affected my decision for a 15% stake in a partnership that was going to buy a number of franchises from a guy retiring. Business is ok. The main reason, and the reason the group fell apart, was that there are more than 50 employees. That's the threshold that kicks in Obamacare, and the group would have had to deal with all the regs, red tape and potential fines/penalties/taxes. The compliance costs are something we couldn't get a handle on. Theres already a medicare tax in Obamacare and a possible 5% tax increase. All that uncertainty pulled me out, then another and it fell apart.

Thats why none of the business groups like it. It gives a competitive disadvantage to businesses with 50 or more employees if they are close to that number. Those with just under do not fall under ACA. The franchise groups really hate it as people will hesitate at that number if they aren't sure they want to go big as in 100's of employees. Just as i did.

While demand is a part of business, there are MANY other factors that go into decisions to hire, invest in capital equipment, expand or contract.

  • 2 votes
#2.57 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:09 PM EDT

The policy makers had better be careful. During the Great Depression, in 1932, an election year, FDR whacked Hoover in the head, saying there was no balanced budget. Taking this criticism too seriously, Hoover then raised taxes in 1932, taking money out of people's pockets.

The recession worsened, and in the end - plus other factors - became the Great Depression.

  • 3 votes
#2.58 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:10 PM EDT

archangel 3:16 & GuyLittle -- Read posts above, most specifically my post #2.16.

If every time taxes are raised spending increases, then how did we have a surplus at the end of Clinton's administration? Where's the proof that all the tax dollars are wasted?

A few things. Reagan cut taxes, then raised taxes eleven time during his presidency thereafter. Why? Because of the huge Star Wars defense spending program. That's why Bush Sr. ended up raising taxes too. At least they did the responsible thing.

Now Republicans (e.g., Cheney) think deficit spending--especially on wars--doesn't matter. They became worse than a tax-and-spend Party, they just spend, spend, spend -- Until there is a Democrat in the White House and then they are holier than thou. The largest reason for our current deficit/debt is the Bush tax cuts both in 2001 and 2003, but particularly the the 2003 tax cuts only for the rich during time of war.

The fact is no Republican president has balanced the budget since Nixon, or has had a surplus since Eisenhower. The fact is government has grown much more under Republican control, and so has deficit spending. Now we have to reduce the debt, and that will require both cuts in spending as well as increases in revenue.

To rebuild the middle class--and small businesses, President Obama has passed and proposed many tax cuts for this group. The president has NOT increased taxes on middle class, has not increased government, and has spent far less than all the administrations going back several presidencies.

NO, we will not cut spending first, because we are well aware of the Republican ploy to take something and then renege on their promises. Especially the corporate rate, which is already lower in reality due to write offs (the effective tax rate). Remove loopholes first!

Agreed that we need a simpler and fairer tax code. The president's proposal to extend the Bush tax cuts (for one year) for the middle class also provides breaks for the richest 2%. Couples with incomes of $250,000 or more will only have a tax increase on earnings above and beyond $250,000.

This is going in the correct direction of taking a poverty level of say $20,000 and not taxing anyone's income on the first $20,000. Then we could end all the tax credits that currently allow folks making more than $20,000 to pay zero in taxes -- most notably the child credit of $1,000 per child, the mortgage credit, etc. People would accept the loss of those tax credits if they weren't taxed on the first $20,000 earned, and it would fair to everyone of any income.

A progressive income tax is far better than regressive taxes like sales taxes--which btw the poor or the 47% pay like everyone else. We could make Social Security solvent immediately by raising the FICA cap at $106,000 higher, and could make Medicare solvent with single payer health care for all.

Also, I agree we need more tax-producing jobs. Demand creates jobs, and demand comes from the middle class. We need to do things to strengthen the middle class, and we need to restore upward mobility. Good paying jobs in particular produce tax revenue. With unions destroyed, who speaks on behalf of labor for good wages?

Continuing on with GOP/Bush-era voodoo economics--on steroids under Romney would be a disaster. We've been there, done that, and don't need to do it again.

  • 2 votes
#2.59 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:10 PM EDT

The level of ignorance among some of the posters on this thread is incredible. They literally ooze envy and hatred for the successful from their very pores from the sounds of their posts. Let me give you a little education.

WEALTHY people have lots of money, but that doesn't mean that they have lots of income. Paris Hilton is filthy stinking rich, but she doesn't have to work if she doesn't want to. Neither does John Kerry, or Jay Rockefeller. The late Ted Kennedy wasn't even considered wealthy under these tax rate increases because he only claimed to have his Senate salary for income. They've all received trust funds that pay no inheritance taxes, nor income taxes. The ONLY income that WEALTHY people have, if any, is investment income. Since most of them have unlimited access to enough money to cover their expenses for life without ever receiving a dime in income, they can effectively NOT PAY A DIME IN INCOME OR CAPITAL GAINS TAXES. However, if they choose to not invest that money because they don't want to pay the taxes on the investment income it can result in thousands of jobs lost. So increased tax rates on capital gains discourages them from investing just as surely as increased tax rates on cigarettes discourages people from smoking. As for corporations, do any of you uneducated clods have a clue as to who owns the bulk of the stock in most major corporations? Here's a hint, Pension plans and retirement accounts hold over 65% of the stock in Fortune 500 companies. When Obamao seized control of the stock of GM and Chrysler for 29 cents on the dollar, the "greedy hedge fund manager" that he vilified on national TV was representing the Indiana State Teachers' Pension plan. You know all of those horribly wealthy and greedy retired teachers.

People who have high INCOMES, may or may not be wealthy. $200,000 a year isn't particularly wealthy when you consider what it costs to send a couple of kids to a decent college these days. Then again, perhaps you should tell the union lifeguards in California and the union garbage truck driver in Milwaukee that they are all "wealthy". The idea that earning $250,000 a year makes one WEALTHY, goes back to the 1930s. If that amount were adjusted for inflation, the threshold would be in the area of $3 MILLION a year. I know guys working in car dealerships that make over $200,000 a year. They just happen to work 12 - 16 hours a day, 6 and 7 days a week. One has four beautiful daughters. His taxes will end up paying for the college education for the children of illegal aliens and welfare queens, while he struggles to pay his own children's tuition. What is fair about that? Since he took the job selling cars during a summer vacation from college and didn't go back, he doesn't have anything but on the job training.

Then there are my taxes. I with only one ( I knew I couldn't afford to support more than one) grown child, but my taxes go to pay people who had children that they can't afford to feed to have more children. How else would you describe the EIC? Do the people who get double what they pay in back really pay their fair share?

New here's a question for the mathematically challenged amongst us. If working an extra 2 months of the year would raise your income to the point of incurring a punitive income tax rate such that you'd receive the same amount of overall income, would you work the extra two months? Or would you take it off? Wouldn't working the extra two months for essentially no pay be considered slavery? These are all questions that are being asked by the small businessmen in this country. The thing is, if the accountant, attorney, doctor, or other businessman decides that he doesn't feel any need to work for free for those two months, his staff is unemployed for that time as well. Before Obamacare and the other Democrat tax increases were put into effect, a doctor's wife called into the Shaun Hannity show and told him that that is exactly what her husband is looking at doing. Since he's not going to make money working the last 6 weeks of the year, he's simply going to close his office for that time, and lay off his employees. He didn't attend college, med school, intern and go through both a general and a surgical residency to work for free. There is this funny little mathematical class called calculus and a principal called the point of diminishing returns. This is how accountants across the country are calculating for their clients whether working the entire year is in their best interests.

  • 3 votes
#2.60 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:21 PM EDT

Patriot, Taxes and revenue are only part of the equation. Spending is the other. The reason there was a balanced budget in Clintons last term was we had the lowest SPENDING/gdp ratio in around 40 years then.

  • 4 votes
#2.61 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:34 PM EDT

@Barry NJ #2.46. You hit the nail on the head. Through the financial sector, the wealthy no longer need a middle class to make their money. It is very portable and can be accomplished from any country. If tax rates increase, the wealthy are nimble enough to move their wealth legally and avoid paying higher taxes. But, it takes all their contribution to the tax base as well.

Goldenone--you are spot on...wages have been relatively stagnant over the last 30 years. But, the question is why? I have my ideas, but I would be interested in a different perspective.

True Patriot--I respect the fact that we have ideological differences politically and economically. As you stated, economy grows through demand. Demand is driven by consumers. How do we get more money into the pockets of the consumers? I have my ideas, but always interested in a different perspective. I will say that your comment on "Demand" does not support your call for passing the President's Jobs Bill that increases public sector jobs. Just because the population increases, does not mean that there is an automatic demand for more public sector jobs. Even more important, is there money to add another public sector job. Recent municipal bankruptcies and more on the horizon, states in fiscal crisis and a middle class tapped out by stagnating wages and rising costs of living. Increasing taxes on the upper 2% under the president's proposal will only provide enough revenue for a little more than a week. Again, I have my ideas, but you have been respectful without the name calling, so I am open to the ideas from a different perspective.

    #2.62 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:43 PM EDT

    So increased tax rates on capital gains discourages them from investing just as surely as increased tax rates on cigarettes discourages people from smoking

    so using your so-called "logic" (and there is no logic at all to your thinking), let's try this.

    assuming a wealthy person has $10 million income from investments, instead of netting $8.5 million, they net a "measly" $6.5 million on their investments (paying the same taxes as the rest of us). you are claiming that they just going to give up because they didn't make even more?

    that is the most brainlessly idiotic thing I have ever heard, but is typical of the idiocy spewed by the nutcase right.

    • 1 vote
    #2.63 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 2:17 AM EDT

    We all need to be paying more in taxes, even the middle class,

    I agree with this 100%.

    And even on the small payroll they get, I'd bet you they get more back than they pay.

    Don't you get it? Game rigged. You LOSE.

    Please provide a link. 80% of the country pays less than 15% in income taxes. In fact most people that make 50K and below pay only 3% in federal taxes We made 91K last year and paid only 6.13% we could have paid 5.7% and we don't even have a mortgage deduction. What do you think we should pay? 4%? 2%? 0%

      #2.64 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:33 AM EDT

      MJ'14's quote "So they earn 20% of all the money but pay 38% of all the federal income tax collected yearly, sounds more than their fair share to me. To spent thrift liberals, they'd say that 90% would not be enough.

      One more time, stupid people: The wealthy do not get pay checks. Wrap your tiny little brains around that. Most of their money comes in deferred comp, things like stocks and golden parachutes and stock options, and tennis lessons for their kids and private clubs and yachts, and, and, and...

      THEY ARE NOT PAYING 38% IN TAXES.

      OK MJ CAN YOU READ? No one said they paid a 38% rate in taxes, according to Politifact.org they paid 38% OF the total federal taxes TAKEN IN. They earned 20% of the money in 2008 but paid 38% of the taxes in 2008. Got it, or is it to tough for you??? And this is a REAL number not some bull.

        #2.65 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 8:20 AM EDT

        wtfjes66

        wtfjes66 said...NO TO HIGHER TAXES - YES TO A FIXED AND PROPERLY REGULATED AND AUDITED FEDERAL BUDGET - YES TO FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY! We need to start voting out of office all the dead wood that can't propose a proper budget or stay within one, hold them all accountable to their responsibilities and stop falling for their scare tactics.

        Freshieee your response......First you want a budget, but then you don't want to raise taxes to balance it. How the hell are you going to balance the budget without raising taxes???

        That's all you got from my post........so sad!

        No, I learned how uncompromising some people are on your side from your post, how irrational people on your side our sounding, and how you people cannot accept that government has a role, in some cases a big role, to play in the economy. But, I decided to take on the one thing that correlated to the point I was trying to make.

        3) Why is the govenment continually expanding? There is more revenue coming into the Treasury now than ever in American history, but, the deficit keeps expanding. The reason is that our current government is inefficient, wasteful, bloated and corrupt! The "Bridge to Nowhere", crony capitalism (Solyndra, GM and Chrysler and the rapidly decomposing "green" energy companies come to mind) and the fact that it is impossible to have an efficient bureaucracy in this country is taking trillions of dollars out of the private economy and "redistributing" it to government bureaucrats, union bosses and crony capitalists.

        Well, we had a budget surplus under Clinton, and $4 trillion over the next few years. Revenues are always increasing due to economic growth and inflation. The deficit, at least in the last decade, expands because of stupid spending policies, like Medicare Advantage and the Iraq/Afghanistan Wars (not to mention the Department of Homeland Security). GM and Chrysler were major successes; both are churning out cars and are prospering. The recovery of the auto industry is, in itself, a proud achievement of the Obama administration and a miraculous comeback. And by the way, there was no way for the auto industry to be saved by a "managed bankruptcy," as no private company had the capital or the willpower to invest in them. And by the way, unions are at their lowest participation level in decades. They aren't as powerful in the economy as you think they are...

        OBAMA BIDEN 2012

        • 2 votes
        #2.66 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:17 PM EDT
        Reply

        “the top 2 percent of wage earners in America should pay their fair share.”

        What is “fair” and who decides? However much or little you make, there will be people poorer than you who decide that you make too much and must share with them. There will be politicians who also decide that you make too much, and must give it to the government. And you, of course, feel that you make so little that you should not be forced to give any of it up. ................. Who decides?

        • 46 votes
        #3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:32 PM EDT

        I keep asking that same question. What is fair?

        • 19 votes
        #3.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:21 PM EDT

        fair runs around 28% to 33% of their income earned or unearned.

        they can pay for that military that makes sure their goods get across the ocean , they can pay for the infrastructure they distribute their goods on, they can pay for that public education they depend on to hire folks who can read and write, they can pay back the billions redistributed to them from the lower classes for the past 30 years.

        • 35 votes
        #3.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:17 PM EDT

        Ever since Reagan the laws have been skewed to screw the middle class and poor. Now we want it back and the greedy rich cry like babies calling it class warfare while they offshore their money to avoid paying taxes in America. Why is Romney hiding his money offshore? Because he is betting against the dollar, he is avoiding investing in Americans. Romney for a worse tomorrow today.

        Vote President Obama/Biden 2012

        • 43 votes
        #3.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:28 PM EDT

        What is “fair” and who decides?

        Me. I decide. Here is what is "fair". Fair is that they pay the top nominal tax rate on anything their boss/company gives them, wink, wink, nudge, nudge.... stock options, golden parachutes, settlements, what ever....

        You have to do that. Why shouldn't they?

        • 22 votes
        #3.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:36 PM EDT
        Comment author avatarTruePatriot-445959Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

        Holy crap, seriously? Our current income taxes are the lowest in 30 years, and lower than all the other first-world industrialized countries. The government -- that's YOU, you are the government. The money is spent on services we need, like teachers, firefighters, sanitation, and of course roads, etc.

        Right now states and municipalities are bankrupt. Right now basic services are being cut or ended, whether shorter school years with larger classes, or charging citizens for fire department services, and worse Emergency Managers in places like Michigan that equates to no democracy. Right here in the good old US of A, we have dictatorship.

        This concept of tax cuts and more cuts only, never raising taxes (Norquist) is illogical. Eventually there would be zero tax revenue, and you ignoramuses never consider how a government operates on nothing. There is always waste that must always be controlled, but the idea that somehow all your tax dollars are wasted is one of the biggest lies being told.

        If you want to get your undies in a bundle, get angry about all the "free stuff" (as Romney calls it) going to corporate welfare. Did you see the agriculture bill -- Hurry and contact your representatives, because this monstrosity is about to get passed. How about TARP being "free stuff" for Wall Street and the Banksters? How about tax breaks on dividend, capital gains, and estate taxes for the richest 2% that Romney wants to make even sweeter?

        And what do the Teapublicans and Romney want? They want a hand-out from you, the middle class and working poor. They have had over a decade of unpaid wars, a decade of tax cuts for the rich, a meltdown of our economy because of deregulation of Wall Street. And they want YOU to sacrifice Social Security and Medicare to pay for their mismanagement. They tell you Social Security and Medicare is "free stuff" but it is not -- YOU pay into these trust fund programs.

        Why in the hell would you take a cut in programs you've paid for so that the GOP/Romney can increase spending on defense, can increase tax cuts for the rich, can continue with corporate welfare -- In other words get their "free stuff" and YOU have to pay for it?

        Stop being duped. Throw out the Teapublican oligarch. Romney the plutocrat -- He's not in it for you.

        • 39 votes
        #3.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:54 PM EDT
        Comment author avatarLiarsInPolitics=duhExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

        TurdPatriot,

        Your brown shirt is ready for pick up at the cleaners.

        • 6 votes
        #3.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:10 PM EDT

        Would that be the same cleaners who take the blood stains and screech marks out of your white cloaks and pointy hats, Liars?

        • 11 votes
        #3.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:30 PM EDT

        "TurdPatriot" and trotting out the old "brown shirt" line? LiarsInPolitics, that's pathetic even for Newsvine.

        • 8 votes
        #3.8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:43 PM EDT

        I voted for Obama last election. White cloaks and pointy hats indeed.

        I was merely pointing out the extreme left leaning of this so-called TruePatriot. People like you are the problem and why nothing gets done in Washington.

        • 5 votes
        #3.9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:19 PM EDT

        "People like you are the problem and why nothing gets done in Washington."

        Rally? I correspond regularly with my elected representatives and participate in the process as much as possible. What, exactly, do you do besides bitch and whine? By the way, I voted for McCain in the last election and I will not waste my vote on a dishonest, cynical political hack like Romney in this one.

        • 14 votes
        #3.10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:26 PM EDT

        Don't tax the rich because they have the money to create jobs. Maybe that's the problem. Don't tax the working class and then they will have the money to create jobs.

        • 17 votes
        #3.11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:28 PM EDT

        Here's something that our politicians could do to make our tax laws fair for everyone - REVISE AND SIMPLIFY THE TAX CODE. What are they waiting for? My thought is they won't as it's easier for them to leave well enough alone because it lends itself to political maneuvering and aids in manipulation of the American people.

        • 12 votes
        #3.12 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:39 PM EDT

        Sailcat,

        You automatically assumed I was a KKK member? What exactly makes you think I'm white for that matter. You just opened your mouth to stick the other foot in.

        I guess you're not voting next election because they are BOTH dishonest.

        BTW, my state house rep lives next door. I also read and speak with the candidates to decide for myself whom I place my vote for.

        • 5 votes
        #3.13 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:51 PM EDT
        Comment author avatarSailcat-2064101Expand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

        "You automatically assumed I was a KKK member?"

        If not, you should be. You possess all of the lowest qualities they are looking for among potential new members. You'd be a shoe-in.

        Remember, Liars, if the sheet fits, wear it!

        • 12 votes
        #3.14 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:54 PM EDT

        What is fair?

        Fair is destroying the Capital Gains tax on stocks, bonds, etc. Make it all normal earned income. So that way the high rollers can pay the same rate everyone else does. That's Fair.

        They talk about raising the income tax rate on the 1%, but you hear nothing about the Capital Gains rate. This should tell you it's a sham. I have no problem with people WORKING and making a wage of 250k a year. They pay 35.9 (I believe) as their upper rate currently. That's fine. It's the people who don't work and just gamble on stocks or bonds or real estate with insider or institutional info that I've got a problem with.

        • 16 votes
        #3.15 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:06 PM EDT

        LIP=Duh,

        Sorry, but your claim of being an independent just when right out the window. You are surely a Republican/Tea Party person. Easy to tell, as they always resort to calling people of different views Fascists/communist, Nazi's, etc.

        • 9 votes
        #3.16 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:36 PM EDT

        There is a common thread on what people seem to think is 'fair' when it comes to income taxes - 'It's OK to raise taxes on anyone making more than I do, but it would be unfair to raise MY taxes'.

        Everybody wants more services and 'entitlements' from the government, but nobody wants to pay for them.

        Here's what we pay for Federal government services - The Federal government spends about $3.7 Trillion each year, and we have about 310 million people in America, so the average 'benefit' each person receives from government spending is about $12,000 per year - that's about $48,000 per year for a family of 4.

        Are YOU 'paying your fair share'?

        • 6 votes
        #3.17 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:09 PM EDT

        If every time taxes are raised spending increases, then how did we have a surplus at the end of Clinton's administration? Where's the proof that all the tax dollars are wasted? These are rightwing lies.

        A few things. Reagan cut taxes, then raised taxes eleven time during his presidency thereafter. Why? Because of the huge Star Wars defense spending program. That's why Bush Sr. ended up raising taxes too. At least they did the responsible thing.

        Now Republicans (e.g., Cheney) think deficit spending--especially on wars--doesn't matter. They became worse than a tax-and-spend Party, they just spend, spend, spend -- Until there is a Democrat in the White House and then they are holier than thou. The largest reason for our current deficit/debt is the Bush tax cuts both in 2001 and 2003, but particularly the the 2003 tax cuts only for the rich during time of war.

        The fact is no Republican president has balanced the budget since Nixon, or has had a surplus since Eisenhower. The fact is government has grown much more under Republican control, and so has deficit spending. Now we have to reduce the debt, and that will require both cuts in spending as well as increases in revenue.

        To rebuild the middle class--and small businesses, President Obama has passed and proposed many tax cuts for this group. The president has NOT increased taxes on middle class, has not increased government, and has spent far less than all the administrations going back several presidencies.

        NO, we will not cut spending first, because we are well aware of the Republican ploy to take something and then renege on their promises. Especially the corporate rate, which is already lower in reality due to write offs (the effective tax rate). Remove loopholes first!

        Agreed that we need a simpler and fairer tax code. The president's proposal to extend the Bush tax cuts (for one year) for the middle class also provides breaks for the richest 2%. Couples with incomes of $250,000 or more will only have a tax increase on earnings above and beyond $250,000.

        This is going in the correct direction of taking a poverty level of say $20,000 and not taxing anyone's income on the first $20,000. Then we could end all the tax credits that currently allow folks making more than $20,000 to pay zero in taxes -- most notably the child credit of $1,000 per child, the mortgage credit, etc. People would accept the loss of those tax credits if they weren't taxed on the first $20,000 earned, and it would fair to everyone of any income.

        A progressive income tax is far better than regressive taxes like sales taxes--which btw the poor or the 47% pay like everyone else. We could make Social Security solvent immediately by raising the FICA cap at $106,000 higher, and could make Medicare solvent with single payer health care for all.

        Also, I agree we need more tax-producing jobs. Demand creates jobs, and demand comes from the middle class. We need to do things to strengthen the middle class, and we need to restore upward mobility. Good paying jobs in particular produce tax revenue. With unions destroyed, who speaks on behalf of labor for good wages?

        Continuing on with GOP/Bush-era voodoo economics--on steroids under Romney would be a disaster. We've been there, done that, and don't need to do it again.

        • 18 votes
        #3.18 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:17 PM EDT

        What never seems to be expressed is that it always comes back, as per the CBO, to the fact that going back to the tax rates prior to the "tax relief" that the Bush admin. instituted at a time when a war(s) needed to be paid for will alleviate 7 Trillion dollars of debt. It's not a tax increase, it's going back to the rate that had supplied a surplus, had the economy generating jobs and revenue. History shows that tax increases have always caused an increase in economic activity. The rich get off their asses and cause the sudden burden on their profits to be supplanted with increased revenue.

        • 8 votes
        #3.19 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:18 PM EDT

        "effective" tax rates, not marginal tax rates, are the lowest in a long time because wages have took a dive the last 4 years.

        • 5 votes
        #3.20 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:19 PM EDT

        Todd so if my rate goes from 35 to 39.6% that is not an increase? Isn't 39.6 HIGHER than 35? Going from a certain number to a higher one is not an increase?

        OK, then lets make it 91%. Thats not an increase, we're just going back to the 1952 rate.

        If you truely want to follow a tax increase thats easy to follow, 1987 was the last time cap gains were increased. What happened you ask? Well for the next 10 years revenue taken in at 28%, instead of the previous 20%, were LOWER than the 1986 level.

        Also note if you go find a chart of this, that there were 3 DECREASES, 2003 (effective), 1997 yes a clinton tax cut, and i belive the other was 1991. All 3 cap gains CUTS increased revenue.

        • 3 votes
        #3.21 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:26 PM EDT

        Where did he call anyone a NAZI or communist. Your right about one thing it's easy to tell the left from the right. The left likes using the Hitler/fascist term. We on the right do like to call out socialism when we see it since this GREAT country was not founded on it!!!We know you lefty's would love a nanny state and the collapse of the USA as we know it.

        • 2 votes
        #3.22 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:27 PM EDT

        Cniht "What is fair? Fair is destroying the Capital Gains tax on stocks, bonds, etc. Make it all normal earned income. So that way the high rollers can pay the same rate everyone else does. That's Fair."

        So you think that someone who owns a corporation and pays 35% of their income in corporate taxes should pay another 35% in taxes when they distribute the remainder as dividends?

        And you think that someone who invests $1 million in 2012 and sells it for $2 million in 2022 should pay 35% of that $1 million 'gain', even though inflation has eaten up every penny of it? Gee, I wonder how many 'investors' would build new plants and hire more people if they were going to be taxed on 'phantom profits'?

        If we start taxing 'phantom profits' and telling investors that the government was going to confiscate the vast majority of any money they earn, I wonder how many of them will want to 'Invest in America'? And without those investments, we will get no new 'made in America' products and no new jobs.

        It never ceases to amaze me how many people fall for Obama's 'class warfare' rhetoric.

        • 14 votes
        #3.23 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:30 PM EDT

        P.S. Why is it that so many middle class, common folk, working class(whether you care to recognize it or not-it's not a dirty thing), why do they feel this need to facilitate the money'd class/employers being given unregulated conditions to continue siphoning off their income and increase the personal profits of the "owners". Why do so many victims of the republican base insist on sucking up to, and feeling proud and self-righteous for supporting, their masters/corporate officers.

        • 7 votes
        #3.24 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:36 PM EDT

        Government is not a cure all.

        If Obama were truly great leader, he would not be dividing the country, but uniting the country, which he is not.

        Clean up Government Waste!

        • 7 votes
        #3.25 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:49 PM EDT

        BigATC: Letting pass what was/is sold as a temporary tax holiday and reurning to the original rate is not a tax increase. We'll let slide that it came about at a time of increased expenditures - the Iraq and Aphganistan WARS. No small expenditure there.

        What I will say is you guys sure scream and throw a lot of smoke and mis-direction when you get called out. Most of your response was irrelevant self-serving obfuscation that didn't deal with the simple statement I made and am making.

        • 2 votes
        #3.26 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:55 PM EDT

        I do have a question. Did anyone see the expose by Dianne Sawyer, about the "Inrastructure rebuilding?" The one where the jobs were given to the Chinese government, with all the workers being imported from China? The same one where there were billions of taxpayer dollars being given to foreign workers, and a foreign government to build bridges and roads for us, on our own soil?

        It is the same report where the Director of Californias Transportation System stated American companies couldn't find enough qualified welders to work on the new bridge being built for San Francisco, contrary to what American builders said.

        • 7 votes
        #3.27 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:00 PM EDT

        I'll just be gwaddamned! Rich son-a- bitches don't want to pay any taxes. Use the $200, or $250 thousand income as a baseline, as proposed by the President, then incrementally increase the tax percentage 3 to 5 percent, appropriate to the upward progression of income from that, to a cap of 35 or 40 percent of all income. Double the rate of investment taxes (capital gains) from 15 to 30%. People who don't want to invest at this tax rate, then sit on it, or eat it. Business and CEO's who don't want to pay, don't let the door hit you in your asses as you leave. Corporations who pay more than a fraction of net profit in taxes now ( I don't really think any do) find yourselves some real accountants. Gwaddamn! This is damn little, and the Country needs it.

        • 4 votes
        #3.28 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:01 PM EDT

        And you just gotta love the way they claim Obama is dividing the country because he stands against those whose unregulated/uncontrolled greed/arrogance and sel serving selfishness drove this nation and much of the world to the brink that it now stands upon. Upon his election the Republican party leaders directly stated they were uniting to cause his failure to insure he would be a one term president and that the economic situation was his fault. I couldn't believe it when I heard it. But by God they meant it and have spent every waking moment sacrificing the American people to restore theirselves to the good graces of their corporate masters.

        • 7 votes
        #3.29 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:05 PM EDT

        What did i say that was self serving Todd?

        True it was put in on an 8 year time frame. Or if you want we can call it a tax holiday. But whether it expires on it's own from an 8 year life span, BO does it by edict, congress votes it up, or whatever means......it's still an increase.

          #3.30 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:10 PM EDT

          Agreed and what really gets me is that now it's about the "98%". How far down are people going to go?

          You want "fair"? Ok, here's an idea: flat tax. That's fair. Flat tax, no loopholes for the rich, no deductions for those who are not rich. I'd say that's about as fair as you can get.

          • 7 votes
          #3.31 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:20 PM EDT

          Sort of a retorical question since we already are set to get hit with Obamatax formerly known as Obamacare. Obama for once calling for an extention of the Bush Tax Cuts except for the top 1%, which is pure BS with our current tax code and will only be his opinion until after the election. We can't be bought that easily like the folks he thinks he is buying by removing the requirement to work for welfare.

          • 3 votes
          #3.32 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:22 PM EDT

          @Roy Wilson #3.23: You just made one of the greediest and silliest arguments I have heard. There's nothing "Phantom" about a million dollar profit. Additionally, your 2ed paragraph is nothing but "gobbledygook" for the unknowing. No corporation is going to pay taxes on income before investment distribution, and you should gwaddamn well know that. Fact, investment distribution is deducted from corporate profits, thereby lessening tax liability on retained profits.

          • 7 votes
          #3.33 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:24 PM EDT

          Everyone who says to treat capital gains tax like earned income tax don't have a clue. If it is taxed as earned income, there will not be as many investors who grow the economy. When Reagan cut the cap gains tax, the stock market grew by leaps and bounds. The stock market grew from 100 to 950 from 1920 to 1980 (60 years grew by 850). After Reagan lowered capital gains tax, it grew 1000 to 14,000 in in 27 years - 13,000 in 27 years.

          Growth in stock market is growth in economy, jobs, 401(k)...

          • 6 votes
          #3.34 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:51 PM EDT

          Doesn't seem fair when your struggling to feed your family and we know we can count on food prices going up;I have no answers only prayers.

          • 5 votes
          #3.35 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:53 PM EDT

          Look, the GOP need to STOP saying that the top 2% are the job creators..they are not! They cannot create jobs if consumers are not demanding..thats a fact. We need the 2% to pay their fair share again and lose the bush tax cuts they been reaping for almost 12 years. Are we blind? Their lost tax revenies are hitting us hard. We must put money into the economy so people start spending to create the demand for the job givers to hire as we creat them.....CORPORATIONS dont create jobs period! How would a corporation and 2% ters possibly manufacture goods that people were not demanding? Thats a trick that just cant happen. The rich who have done very well in the bush years MUST give back to the country that made them rich. Its a downright patriotic right thing to do....does anybody understand that we the perople have been sucked dry and the wealthy need to step up?

          • 5 votes
          #3.36 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:17 PM EDT

          why are they NOT investing in those jobs they CAN create NOW then? Raise my taxes by another 4 or 5%, what do I care as long as the RICH guy pays the extra 10% he has been pocketing for the past 5 years thanks to the BUSH/CHENEY agenda. They had their chance to save our economy - but did nothing but pocket the cash and the chasm between the haves and the have nots hasn't been wider since the end of WW2.

          • 6 votes
          #3.37 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:30 PM EDT

          KUMAR- get in the real world....all those GAINS you spoke of were paper gains and when the average working class guy couldn't invest his leftover paycheck cash it just disappeared. IT WAS NOT the RICH guys investing it was "everyday people" who helped prop up the overinflated stock market....and by the way the rich dudes still found ways to pocket money while retirement nest eggs for working class people went to nothing. GET A CLUE.

          • 1 vote
          #3.38 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:34 PM EDT

          Still nothing from Democrats on how to shrink and reduce the size of the federal deficit by spending less.  The only thing I see is they want to try to shrink the federal deficit by taxing more.  That has no chance of working.

          Here is a quote from the article that is very important to understand.

          "We're not talking about giving tax cuts to anyone. All we're asking is don't raise taxes on all Americans, and especially don't raise taxes on the people who create the business. When you say that the high income earners, the top 20 percent, pay 90 percent of the taxes, what should they pay, 99 percent? These are the people who have enough money to invest in businesses and to create jobs." The tax increase that Obama is proposing "falls directly on those job creators," Kyl said.

          And another

          A major tax increase on upper-income people is already set to begin on New Year's Day: the Affordable Care Act's new Medicare tax on people with incomes over $200,000. The new tax will collect $20 billion in revenues next year, increasing to nearly $40 billion a year by 2019.

          As a country we have gotten completely out of hand with our tax and spend mentality. We are playing political Russian roulette with the deficit. That is a very dangerous game played by democrats. As I have said too many times to count. We have a spending problem, not a taxing or revenue problem. The failure to recognize this will be the undoing of America.

          • 5 votes
          #3.39 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:51 PM EDT

          Our household makes $150k per year and a pay nearly over 40K in taxes at the end of the year. While our management is collecting a salary of $270k per year and few loopholes they are only paying a little over 30K in taxes. I see the numbers, I am the accountant. After the recession our lunch break was cut, our hours where extended and several people where layed off. And the pisser is that they when from cater themselve to extravagant vacations, and went from Toyota Camry to S class Mercedes.

          Instead of using the tax break they get to create jobs, they overwork the existing employment and treat themselves to luxuries with the tax break. I pay my share why are these A-holes so call job creators no paying their shares? F these these people, we don't need any more tax break to these greedy criminals. Raise the taxes on the wealthy, they need to pay their share just like the rest of us.

          • 6 votes
          #3.40 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:56 PM EDT

          The cutting line is $250K and not $200 K as the author of this article states. So anyone making money beyond that point pays a small amount of additional tax from that point on up. The amount is so small the elite won't even notice it, and they definitely can afford that small amount. No more tax exemptions, special bonuses, etc. The elite DO NOT work any harder than the working middle class, elderly, and poor. In fact it's just the opposite. So, it's about time that the elite start pulling their fair share of the load instead of leaving it all for the middle class and poor to cover. And let's not forget to tax all the wealthy off shore accounts such as : Romney's off shore accounts held in "Blind Trusts" in Cook, Bermuda, Caymans, and Switzerland, etc.--So much for his no transparency, and not willing to show the 3 years of tax deductions. Also, it is apparent that not only is Romney lying about his work with Bain C.; but also, his advisory is now supporting the same old lies. Go to factcheck.org to read that Romney worked as the CEO through 2001, which is not 1999 as Romney declares. He's either the biggest liar, or else the most forgetful with his own career history. Either way, we don't need him serving as President when he can't be honest and recall his own work details. They must have something to hide when they feel the need to lie or such simple details.

          Both Romney and his wife were brought up with a gold/silver spoon in their mouths, had their elite private schools along with all of their college expenses paid for by the parents. Romney had his dad's money to open their business adventures, etc. Even Ann uses $77K in deductions for an "offshore Blind Trusts" to feed her 15 year old horse that may be in the Olympics this summer. I bet there are many families that would like to have that much money available for their own food in the family. The Romney's have no idea of what it means to live and survive with the middle class and poor income range families. Yet, the Republicans are so quick to call hand outs to those two groups: Social Welfare Entitlements for the lazy doping people. Ah-h-h but what do they call it when hiding money off shore claiming the numerous tax exemptions, "bail-outs", insider trading tactics, outrageous CEO salaries, perks, bonuses, free healthcare, corrupt ethics with scheming risky gambling practices that run their business into the ground while running off with all the money (such as: Banks & Wall Street/Finance Street)????? Do they spend time in jail?? Do they loose their job?? Yet they are quick to say that they EARNED their hard income through hard work (as if they worked harder than the poor or middle class income bracket), and are "Entitled" to all their privileged perks, which millions of Americans never had the same privilege, connections, or exposure provided to them. The Romneys are not self-made millionaires as they and their Party claim. The latest Republican rumor claims that Mitt donated all his father's inheritance to Charities?!?!???? And if anyone is gullible enough to believe that rumor, then Mitt doesn't even need the inheritance, since he and Ann both had their dads paying for their way with all the expenses, 14 houses, and providing open doors to various other wealthy entitlements or perks that the majority (98%) of the public do not have and never will have without a miracle. Remember too, that Republicans want to eliminate entitlements (or cut back if it cannot be eliminated: S.S. , Medicare, etc.) for the poor and middle class, abolish the New Healthcare Law (even though it was Mitt's idea for MA while serving as their Governor), and the Republicans most definitely want no regulations (like on the big crook Banks) with the "Big Businesses Too Big to Fail". Their stolen profits would not be quite as big. And they have the tax payers to bail them out if they make gross, reckless mistakes. The same goes for the tax increases which the Republicans manipulate the public with the impression that it would raised for every citizen. They'll be the last to admit that the small increase of tax for them is meaningless to their survival. It's all about greed and profit for those, who can get away with it. Before, going to vote in Dec., start doing some on-line research (use the library computers if no computer at home) rather than listening to the campaign ads full of rumors and paid for by the wealthy, or political e-mails full of misinformation to make a particular Party look good. Start supporting and voting for a Government of the people, by the people, and for the All The People rather than favoring the wealthy elite which has been going on since the Regan days and even earlier. The Supreme Courts decision in 2010, called "Citizens United" did not help to maintain a fair and balanced representation. In fact, it gave the elite more power, and more voice (because they have the money to buy anything, like the Koch Brothers, etc.). Such Court decisions is like giving the the wealthy an additional voting input. There should be a "Separation of Business and State just as their is a "Separation of Religion and State". And don't stop to think that the politicians are not treating the public as ignorant voters too lazy to do their own research for finding the honest facts. Otherwise, why would they spend their money on advertisement that doesn't work??? We don't need more lies and corruption, esp. in bad economic times. Plus, the Govt. needs to apply a much bigger effort with becoming more fiscally responsible along with tighter purse strings and accountability accountability. No Country is too Big to Fail. As-long -as Congress continues with their B.S. arguments, wasting time and money etc., nothing of any good will ever get done for the benefit of this Country and ALL the CONSTITUENTS.

          • 8 votes
          #3.41 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:56 PM EDT

          MacForester,

          You hit it on the head with Mr. Wilson. I don't generally listen to the crap people spew forth on corporate taxes anyway. There are so many loopholes, deduction schedules, kickbacks, etc that public corporations pay very very little in taxes. Hell GE gets millions back after making profits of billions.

          If the stock market died tomorrow, it would be a GOOD thing. I'm sorry, but it's small and midsized businesses, and PRIVATE ownership that make this country work. Larger PUBLIC corporations both for the executives and the board have no liability toward how their companies do anymore but get to rape retail investors with over sized pay packages, poor performance, and laying of workers and slashing benefits to make that quarterly 'bottom line'. I know darn well the games companies play. I'm not saying the perceived tax rate for American businesses isn't high, it is. But it's a 'phantom' tax rate. No business pays a 35% rate on profits, period.

          • 5 votes
          #3.42 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:58 PM EDT

          Henry

          My wife and I earn more than you and pay less in taxes. We use no loophoes of any kind. It is straight off our W-2's. We claim 0 deducions and get money back every year. You need to get someone else to do your taxes. Serously!

          Stop worrying how much others are earning. When you own your own company you will get to run it anyway you like. Until then stop complaining. Be glad you earn as much as you do. That too could change in an instant.

          The top 20% of wage earners pay 90% of the taxes. Saying they do not pay their fair share is ludicrous.

          • 5 votes
          #3.43 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:02 AM EDT

          The top 20% of wage earners pay 90% of the taxes. Saying they do not pay their fair share is ludicrous

          Zero, I see this all the time and there are two sides to it. Namely the 'poor' need to pay taxes on even their meager incomes and get some skin in the game. That will wake them up damn quick and you'll see elections and who's elected change overnight.

          Second, the top 20% may pay 90% of the tax burden, but they also make roughly 90% of the income in the country. See how those numbers correlate? And I'm IN that top 20%.

          • 3 votes
          #3.44 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:15 AM EDT

          Bush's "temp" tax cuts for thr wealthy were not meant to be permanent. Time to end them.

          • 4 votes
          #3.45 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:31 AM EDT

          The hate the rich guy talk is pathetic.Raise the tax rates to Bill Clinton ERA,also the budget level.There happy democrats?

          Buy popcorn, the show is going to be craaaazy! elections and an Iran war and the mayan calender coming to an end. I say congress shouldnt come back from vacation.Just change the locks and ummm,pick bright men from the us military(enlisted) to fill in while we have new elections with new people with term limits for those new folks.

          • 2 votes
          #3.46 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:38 AM EDT

          Our household makes $150k per year and a pay nearly over 40K in taxes at the end of the year. While our management is collecting a salary of $270k per year and few loopholes they are only paying a little over 30K in taxes. I see the numbers, I am the accountant. After the recession our lunch break was cut, our hours where extended and several people where layed off. And the pisser is that they when from cater themselve to extravagant vacations, and went from Toyota Camry to S class Mercedes.

          Instead of using the tax break they get to create jobs, they overwork the existing employment and treat themselves to luxuries with the tax break. I pay my share why are these A-holes so call job creators no paying their shares? F these these people, we don't need any more tax break to these greedy criminals. Raise the taxes on the wealthy, they need to pay their share just like the rest of us.

          • 2 votes
          #3.47 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:44 AM EDT

          @Cniht#3.42: First, thank you. Everything you said, is, in fact, correct. As you state in your post #3.44, I too, have been there and done that. Wall street is no longer a vehicle for long term investment, yielding quarterly dividends. It is now an institution of fraud, deceit, theft, and generalized corruption that would make the likes of "Al capone" blush. The Country has changed. There is a large culture out there who think the only way they will ever own any wealth is, if the government will load the existing wealthy with so much money their pockets will not hold it, and they can then run alongside, or behind them, and gather enough of their spillage to position themselves upon the paths the wealthy trod. It is odd to me, to see so many with so little understanding of the realities around them, and of which they are often pawns and victims. My best regards to you.

          • 6 votes
          #3.48 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:45 AM EDT

          ***********************************************************************************************

          **************************************** TAX the 1% ers!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

          **************************************************************************************************

          • 4 votes
          #3.49 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:59 AM EDT

          I am sorry zeropointfield, I believe in Equality Not Greed. A large percentage of my salary goes to taxes. Why should greedy crooks that put this country’s economy in the hole continue to get tax break, bail-out and on top of that not pay the same percentage of tax as the rest of us. You think it fair that the middle class has to pay most of the tax while the wealthy continue to send jobs overseas create no jobs and continue to destroy people’s lives for their greed. And by the way when and A-hole cry that he need the tax break because he is a Job Creator and never creates one job while he is overworking and abusing his existing employees. Guess what? I am to look at what is their driving and why haven't they created a so call JOB and why am working an extra 12 hours per week. Was the crying for a tax break to create a job or live there lifestyle. I pay my share of my taxes? Don’t I deserve to know why are you entitled to a tax break and not me? Why are you more special than the rest of us? You get to keep more just because you make more. Sounds like Pure GREED.

          • 4 votes
          #3.50 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:24 AM EDT

          Mac Forrester wrote: "No corporation is going to pay taxes on income before investment distribution, and you should gwaddamn well know that. Fact, investment distribution is deducted from corporate profits, thereby lessening tax liability on retained profits."

          Please see all the online tutorials on the differences between C and S corporations. For C corporations, there is the "double taxation" issue, where "if a corporation issues dividends from its profits, it has already paid income tax on that money, but the dividends remain taxable as income to the shareholders."

          The pass-through nature of the S corporation eliminates that double taxation, but only relatively small companies can elect the subchapter S treatment.

            #3.51 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:46 AM EDT

            Fair = if you make 1000 times what someone else makes then you should pay 1000 times the taxes, which does not happen. How can you have 1000 times the house, cars, boats, etc. and NOT be happy? If people are making a 1000 to 1 ratio versus their workers then only 0.1% of the population can make that on average, since we print/produce money and control the supply. Fair = 10 to 1 ratios, this way approx. 10% of the population can "win". This encourages people to work, to compete against others, provides the proverbial carrot on a string. If only 0.1% "win" then there is no real hope of winning, and you will hear me b$tching about "fairness" :P.

            "But I have to pay X amount in taxes even though I still have Y left over", /cry. There is 50% of the population that would love to have that problem. We do not have enough money to survive, to buy food, housing, medical care, to be able to pay our fair share of taxes, etc. All of our money is sitting in a bank somewhere (offshore) underneath someone else's name, which is providing ZERO benefit to this country. What else are you going to do? Get a job with the rest of us LOL. "Why would I make this business if it is only going to make me X amount?", if not you would have to work a job to earn money like the rest of the 99%. It is either be a boss or be someone's b$tch, your choice since you cannot just sit at home and collect money. No one should be able to sit at home, do nothing, and be able to earning a living/money.

            Fair = giving everyone the same effective wage increases. How is it that workers wages have stayed the same over the past 30 years, but corporations, investors, banks, etc. have gained money/income...hmm I wonder? Had workers gotten raises then we could pay more in taxes. Since we did get raises guess who gets to pay our taxes for us?

            That is unless you inherited all that money, which you should not have been allowed to do and is yet another law that has been changed in the past 10 years or so. People should have to earn their own way and not rest on the success of their relatives, it causes stagnation/rot. The Glass Steagall act should be reenacted so that banks cannot invest again as well.

            Instead of income taxes we should have possession taxes. Meaning you can only acquire so much. You can only have 10 houses, 20 cars, 10 boats, 10 airplanes, etc., if the limits are a 10 to 1 ratio. Wtf does someone do with 1000 houses is beyond me, and they still want more. When is it going to be enough?

            When are you going to have enough money, never? How can you never have enough money? Sounds like you have an addiction problem to me. The only difference is that people have encouraged you and supported your addiction over the years for the most part instead of getting you help.

            The reason the government wastes so much is due to all the lobbying and bribing that is going one. Take away those two things and our politicians might actually make the "right" choice instead of ones that benefit them and their buddies. So in other words "rich" people are the reason the government wastes so much. If you did not bend and break laws and rules in the first place then they would not have to make up new ones to try and fix the loopholes. Why does everything have to be spelled out to the fing letter? Some things should be common fing sense, but noooo.

            While it took intelligence to figure out the loophole or cheat, look at the cost. Since you cheated and did not have to pay X, X goes unpaid so in a year or so X is still unpaid. Therefore the government creates law Y to get extra money since X is not working as intended. Then you figure out how to cheat Y so that you do not have to pay 100% of it. Then our government creates law Z and the cycle continues. Had you just paid X to begin with we would not have to deal with Y or Z. All the time it took to write them, time to understand them, all the wording, how they interact with each other or supersede one another, etc.

            • 2 votes
            #3.52 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:51 AM EDT

            Henry

            The so called greedy crooks did not put this economy in a hole. That dog just won't hunt. The middle class in fact don't pay most of the taxes in this country. You don't at all sound to me like an individual whose family earns $150,000. If you do consider yourself lucky and stop your crying.

            The top 25% of wage earners contribute 87.3% (as of 2009) of all federal personal income tax. Since 1999 that has never been below 82.9%. In fact, the percentage has gradually increased year by year. When someone argues they just want them to pay their fair share they demonstrate that they misunderstand the economic facts. The wealthiest 1 percent of the population earn 19 per­cent of the income but pay 37 percent of the income tax. Arguing for a tax increase on the so called wealthy is nothing more than political theater. Just as an aside, there is no correlation between tax cuts and an increase in the federal deficit. None!

            At 150,000 your tax bracket is 28%. If you are paying on a mortgage you get a huge mortgage deduction. If you have kids you get to deduct that as well. If you pay for child care for any child under the age of 14 you get a deduction there as well. I doubt you actually paid $40,000 in income taxes. I am in the 28% bracket as well. I can assure you I am not wealthy. I make more than you and I did not pay $40,000 in taxes given the standard deductions everybody else gets. I can also assure you that I most defiantly pay my fair share of taxes. One more penny and it will be MORE than my fair share.

            The issue before this country is how to stop spending so much money. It is not how to increase taxes so we can continue on our governmental spending spree. We have become a country of entitlements. We are a country of handouts today. When that started it began the process of weakening our work ethic, our sense of individual responsibility, and our desire to achieve. If people don't understand that then there is no hope for this country.

            It is not an issue of pure greed. The money I have I earned. It is not yours, It is not the federal government's. It is not some blathering ideologue bureaucrat who lacks the common sense that god gave the common dog. It is mine. November can't possible get here quick enough.

            • 2 votes
            #3.53 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 2:00 AM EDT

            Zeropointfield,

            I don't think you know what state or the situation with Henry to dictate what his taxes should or should not be.

            Let me give you an example utilizing my tax situation. Now I'm in the WORST possible situation for deductions. I'm not married, no kids, no mortgage. I have jack all except the standard deduction and exemption, and because I'm single I get taxed at a higher rate then Married couples filing jointly on less income.

            My tax rate is 25% at the high end. But that's a tiered system, and not all my income is taxed equally because of the progressive tax code.

            My 'effective' federal tax rate last year came out to roughly 12% after the personal exemption and standard deduction.

            Then you've got FICA, I'm going to utilize the Milton Freedman argument that I pay the whole thing. Not just 'half' because that's an expense to my employer of employing me. It's essentially income I don't see.

            You have 4.2 for SS on EE side currently and 6.2% on ER. Medicare is 1.45 both ways or 2.9.

            Then I've got state and local taxes atop that. But the calculation currently goes as follows.

            12%+2.9%+10.4% (SS FICA)+3.75 (state)+1 (local) = 30.05%

            State and local are on gross with no possible deductions for myself.

            So I'm already at an effective tax rate of ~30% of my income at this point. Then you have sales tax. of 6.1% where I'm at. That is on the remaining 70% of my income I actually see. so 6.1 x.7 = 4.27.

            So now I'm at 34.32% of my income taxed in some way shape or form. That's only the taxes I can calculate.

            You also have taxes on other things like the products you buy, some federal others state or local. Like the 'luxury tax' on cars (state), and the phone taxes, and taxes on airplane tickets I buy, and taxes on Gas (wow that's a big one). All this little stuff that is almost immeasurable to calculate.

            Now take this entire thing and wash it down with people who have already accumulated wealth getting taxed at 15%-17.5% effective rate (such as one Mr. Warren Buffet.) on additional wealth creation, with absolutely NO product creation on their end. In fact in today's 'globalized world' this wealth creation usually comes at the expense of the American working class through outsourcing, merges and position eliminations, cut benefits, etc. All with degradations in actual 'services' provided by said companies invested in to the consumer. Oh, and golden parachutes for all executives and board members. Then you have the almost 50% of the country that pays NOTHING but gets tons through entitlements.

            I think it's easy to see how working people, to borrow from Ayn Rand, the "Atlases of the World", get pissed pretty quickly. And if you remember in Atlas Shrugged there were 'good' corporate people and 'bad' corporate people. We're overflowing with the bad, and very few good ones in the 'public' corporate sector.

            I agree that we have a serious spending problem and it needs to be seriously curtailed. I don't think either your working wallet or my wallet should be dipped into anymore then it already is currently. But from my example you can see we damn sure have a few 'classes' of people on both extremes of the spectrum that can and should should be brought up to our 'effective' level. The issue is that the current rhetoric is only aimed at 'us' or as I have deemed the 'wage class'. Again, not the proper people to target, and it's sham for the stupid during an election year.

            • 2 votes
            #3.54 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:32 AM EDT

            Demand creates jobs, and demand comes from the middle class.

            TruePatriot....I think you just may have made several Conservative heads explode with your sound logic and reasoning behind implementing a fairer tax code, designed to be fair for all and designed to create jobs through more money in the paychecks of the average consumer, not the CEO's and uber-wealthy stockholders. Businesses don't create jobs if there is no demand for goods and services. Demand creates jobs!! When will the righties come to realize this fact?

            Since there's no way I'll vote for a person who is, by nature, only interested in making the rich man richer, thus making the poor man poorer, and since the other guy running for office has shown he has no backbone to stand against Boehner, McConnell and the rest of the Party of No, I have been wracking my brain as to whom I was going to write in as my vote for President.

            I now know who I'll vote for....you up for the job, TruePatriot?? You have my vote!

            • 1 vote
            #3.55 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 6:56 AM EDT

            Stop worrying how much others are earning. When you own your own company you will get to run it anyway you like.

            zeropointfield...sounds like you believe that an unregulated, unchecked free market economy works....that the "market" decides what is "fair compensation", not the actual productivity of an employee. There is no way anyone can claim that it's "fair" to have a CEO makes upwards of 500 times the average salary of his employees, when he does not produce anything at all. But, you believe it shouldn't matter what others make....essentially that Gordon Gecko was right..."greed is good".

            You mention the word "earn"....and that word is what this whole argument hinges on. The trust babies didn't earn their inheritance. They were just lucky to be born into rich families, who could afford the finest schools, have all the connections so that their little "Mitts" could waltz right into a CEO position with no need to prove their productivity, only their ruthlessness in doing cutthroat business practices.

            Just turn a blind eye to what these folks "earn"....it isn't your concern.....right?

            • 1 vote
            #3.56 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 7:22 AM EDT
            • 1 vote
            #3.57 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 8:37 AM EDT

            The tax breaks for the wealthy (job creators) have been effect for over 10 years. Where are the jobs?

            • 4 votes
            #3.58 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 8:41 AM EDT

            Romney: Put the tax increase on the middle class, this will help my 1% Buddies !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

            • 5 votes
            #3.59 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 8:41 AM EDT

            @Fingusernames #3.51: Actually, you, and so many others are in error here. Suffice it to say, there is no double taxation with either C or S corporations. The difference is only when investment distribution taxes are paid. Too, most all corporations start out as C, then if successful, move to S. Corporate cost is corporate cost at either designation. Thers is however, a general difference in the way the taxes on the 2 designations are paid. There is no validation to the many and varied claims of double taxation under the US tax code. Managerial ineptness though, can certainly bring this about, but such is hardly the blame of the government. None of this is really that complicated, but it is lengthy, and is not appropriate to post and teach comprehension using this forum. Suggest you consult a really good "Corporate" accountant or Attorney for clarification and understanding. Regards

              #3.60 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 9:08 AM EDT

              If they actually talked about using the increased tax revenue to reduce the deficit, I might be inclined to go along with some tax increases. But, all I hear is the government wants more money so it can spend more...until that attitude changes, I'm against any tax increase.

              • 3 votes
              #3.61 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 9:16 AM EDT

              25Walker

              Considering that the millionaires in Hollywood primarily back Obama – that rather shoots your theory down. The GOP doesn’t represent the wealthiest, they are pretty well scattered between the two parties.

              I too think many of the entitlement programs need to be cut and no, the government doesn’t need more money. They need to learn to make do with what they currently have and stop spending us into oblivion. I personally think they need to 1) scale back every federal agency to not more than ¾ current staffing (and then only if they can justify that many employees), cut funding for food stamps, Medicaid and AFDC by half. Move the money saved from federal job cuts into - 1) taking care of our senior citizens, 2) job training programs administered by the states and 3) paying down the deficit. Cut the salaries of congress and the president and use that money to pay down the deficit. Repeal the healthcare law and move the responsibility down to the states where it belongs (the feds have a pretty rotten track record of running anything – they can’t do anything for less than 3 times what it would cost the rest of us) and put the savings into paying down the deficit.

              We really should force congress and Obama into getting this settle BEFORE the elections. They shouldn’t be allowed to leave all this up in the air just to try and hang onto their seats.

              • 2 votes
              #3.62 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 9:59 AM EDT

              Liberals can't even define fair share. They ignore the fact that 30% of all wage earners in this country pay 90% of the federal tax bill. Liberals ignore the fact that almost 50% of all wage earners in this country pay no federal income tax. There flat out isn't enough revenue to be generated by taxes to ever support the unmitigated spending spree in Washington. Until Washington gets its spending addiction under control, they do not deserve so much as a dime of increased tax revenue.

              • 4 votes
              #3.63 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 10:03 AM EDT

              Cniht, Henry was just talking about federal taxes. His rate, and with standard deductions, means he does not in fact pay $40,000 in taxes. If he is he is getting ripped off by his accountant. If he is doing his own taxes he needs to stop.

              Devil, I believe in reasonable regulation. Not what we have today. I already posted about the average salary for CEO's. The median salary is about $750,000. There about 950 or so companies with 10,000 or more employees. This is a fair salary. If I am running Microsoft, Exxon, Intel, Bank of America, Ford, Wells-Fargo, etc, I am going to get paid a boat load, as I should be. Those corporations have global interests, tens of thousands of employees worldwide, and earn billions of dollars. Free markets dictate what their salary should be, as it does for every job. When I hear people complain about the success of others I just laugh. It takes a democrat to argue for the redistribution of wealth through what they call a fairer tax system. The top 25% of wage earners account for 87% or so of all personal income tax revenues. Boys, I am sorry but that is about as fair as you are going to get. Increasing taxes on the so called wealthy will not improve our unemployment or reduce our deficit.

              If I am successful and want to leave my money to my kids so they don't have to struggle or even work then that is my decision. It is not the business of anyone to meddle in any of my decisions. That money has already been taxed. It is mine to do with as I please. We are turning the concept of success into a dirty word. How about trying to become successful yourself and stop worrying about the success of others. No one and nothing is preventing your own success from happening except your self. Look in the mirror pal the next time you feel jealousy about how well others are doing. If you are not doing as well as you think you should you only have yourself to blame.

              • 1 vote
              #3.64 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 10:22 AM EDT

              Tax them a higher rate, or take away a large portion of write offs, so they pay a closer percentage to what they SHOULD be paying. I'd like to be able to have enough money to circumnavigate, and take advantage of stupid tax codes, to be able to write off a yacht.

              • 1 vote
              #3.65 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 11:25 AM EDT

              And what rate are they "supposed" to be taxed pray tell. Don't confuse corporate taxes and deductions from individual income taxes and deductions.

              • 1 vote
              #3.66 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 11:28 AM EDT

              The way things are going, we need a tax increase so this Socialist Bastard Dumbama can send his kids and agents on vacation for spring break.

              Malia on break
              in Mexico

              My Mother used
              to tell me "Money does not grow on trees" something
              Obama's mother never
              told him.

              After driving the U.S. more deeply into debt than any
              other President,
              this should make you shake your head. If George Bush's
              daughters or
              Bill Clinton's daughter had done this, it would have been all
              over the
              news and the voter's would have been calling for heads to roll 24/7.

              But with the chosen one, you hear nothing on the major media.

              Want to
              know where Obama's 13 year-old daughter went with 12 friends?

              On "spring
              break" in Oaxaca Mexico, on your dime.

              She took two jets, 12 friends and
              25 secret service men.

              A thirteen year-old? What the…?

              Why
              haven't you heard about it?

              The Obama Administration has had the Secret
              Service scouring the web
              ordering that any website mentioning this be taken down because letting
              the travel plans out could have endangered the
              president's daughter's
              security.

              Nonsense, the "royal couple" just
              want to hide the way they are ripping
              off the U.S. taxpayer. Only a few
              Canadian Web-sites still have it up.
              (both below)

              The Obama's are
              laughing at the "suckers" who are funding their Imperial Lifestyle.

              This
              trip cost more than most Americans make in their entire lifetimes

              http://www.edmontonjournal.com/travel/Obama+daughter+spends+spring+break+Mexico/6323773/story.html

              http://www.snopes.com/politics/obama/maliamexico.asp

              PLEASE PASS
              THIS ON IT NEEDS TO GO VIRAL!!!

              • 3 votes
              #3.67 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:24 PM EDT

              Fair is abolishing the federal income tax completely.

              • 3 votes
              #3.68 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:29 PM EDT

              The same group that states that "Corporations are people, my friend" does not want those people to pay the same taxes that everyone else pays.

              IMHO, the tax rates and the tax code should return to where it was in 1962, before all the BS "trickle down" voodoo economics took hold of the government. VERY high top tax rates prevented the excess accumulation of wealth. You don't want to bring the money home to the US, fine, we'll just tax you as though you had brought it into the US. HOW you pay your taxes is your problem. The fact of them being taxed is the requirement of the IRS.

              If you don't want to pay for being in the best country in the world, you can leave. However, if you live here or make your money from our stock exchanges, we will tax you.

                #3.69 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:12 PM EDT

                Can U.S. economy tolerate a tax increase in 2013?

                No one can accurately account for what they pay in all taxes .

                So no one can answer the Question!

                  #3.70 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:37 PM EDT

                  There is no way our current tax code can be made fair. It is always going to be favoring someone or something. But every presidential election we hear about tax reform, and then it never happens. Obama's idea of targeted tax cuts or increases is cronyism. Which is in a large part how we got into this mess in the first place.

                  I don't think there is any amount of tweaking of our current tax code that can save this country. We need major league government reform and that includes taxes. To suggest we can raise the income tax rate on the top 1% or 30% or even 100% of taxpayers and make a dent in government over spending is ridiculous.

                  Obama isn't even pretending to show fiscal restraint. There is no plan in place to make a dent in our national debt ever with Obama. Obama is just going to spend and leave an even bigger mess for someone else to clean up. After all that is all they do in congress, which is the experience Obama brought to the White House.

                  The problem is really simple, we have too many people living off the government in some form or fashion, and nowhere near enough paying in to pick up the tab. It is one thing to have unintentional debt accumulate, but it is grossly irresponsible to have intentional debt amass. Washington has just not been responsible for a long time, and both parties are to blame.

                    #3.71 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:55 PM EDT

                    Earlier O'Bama has his clowns going after the 1% (one) now because he has basically destroyed the U.S. Economy he's going after the top 2% (two). The Democrats seem to believe that the 2% make about $250,000 per year, our economy IS REALLY IN BAD SHAPE IF ONLY 2% OF THE POPULATION MAKE ONLY $250,000 PER YEAR. The newest O'Bama attack goes after small businesses when he says they are only a success because the Government makes them successful and they should pay higher taxes to the Goverment for that success. Next O'Bama will want to give higher taxes to the top 10% of the population making over $100,000 per year because he continues to destroy the U.S. Economy. I have worked 60+ hrs a week to make my business a success, I pay my 292 employees wages and benefits that keep the Union's away because with the Unions the employees would take a "pay reduction". Currently, there are less than 45% Tax payers in the U.S., the remaining are deadbeats living off the Government. The U.S. is the only country I know of who gives Tax Rebates to people who don't pay taxes. They only take up space and breath the air. If you raise my taxes, I'm operating a Business for profit not running a charity, I'll move my business to Canada or Mexico (like the Big 3 U.S. Auto. Industry, fire my 292 employees so they can earn less, make a larger profit and sell O'Bama my products at a higher cost. O'Bama is a Socialist from head to toe, classic Marxist, and if you want an idea of the U.S. under O'Bama you need only look at Russia. O'BAMA IS NOW BECOMING DANGEROUS TO THE SURVIVAL OF THE U.S. AND NEEDS REMOVED FROM OFFICE. He continues to bait one group against the other and sooner or later those groups are going to violently meet, and O'Bama will be laughing, because he has done to the U.S. what he planned. If the deadbeats and illegals manage to re-elect O'Bama, I believe there will be an armed revolt in the U.S.to remove him from office. He will become a Cancer that will need to be removed or the Patient, the U.S. Economy, will surely die a painful death. The saving grace will be O'Bama will suffer the same fate as Dictators & Socialist of past history.

                    • 1 vote
                    #3.72 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 2:37 PM EDT

                    The folks who are getting the free stuff don't like the folks who are paying for the free stuff, because the folks who are paying for the free stuff can no longer afford to pay for both the free stuff and their own stuff.

                    And, the folks who are paying for the free stuff want the free stuff to stop.

                    And the folks who are getting the free stuff want even more free stuff on top of the free stuff they are already getting!

                    Now... the people who are forcing the people who pay for the free stuff have told the people who are RECEIVING the free stuff that the people who are PAYING for the free stuff are being mean, prejudiced, and racist.

                    So... the people who are GETTING the free stuff have been convinced they need to hate the people who are paying for the free stuff by the people who are forcing some people to pay for their free stuff and giving them the free stuff in the first place.

                    We have let the free stuff giving go on for so long that there are now more people getting free stuff than paying for the free stuff.

                    The FreeStuffers, I mean Democrats, are killing this country.

                    • 1 vote
                    #3.73 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 2:55 PM EDT

                    Hey Dirp,

                    You realize money walks right. And people with money walk wherever the getting is best. Your draconian tax policy will serve to do one thing only and that is run off the successful people who will take with them their money, their smarts, their inventiveness, and everything else that is important to grow an economy.

                    Let me give you a good example.

                    The only place on Earth where natural gas is undergoing an economic boom is in the US. There is natural gas trapped in shale deposits around the world. So what gives? Why isn't the same success happening elsewhere? The technology is portable. The answer is we have a little law that lets the land owner own the land up to the heavens and down to the gates of hell, ie they own the mineral and gas rights below and can either develop the deposit or sell the rights for royalties. Either way there is incentive to search for and claim the gas. Not in other countries and there has been no boom as yet.

                    So you want to be like everyone else, huh? Have huge taxes or other disincentives to business, OK - fine. What do you think will happen? Folks with the trunks of cash will liquidate dollars, buy gold, move elsewhere and begin exerting their influence elsewhere and you will be back slopping hogs and serf farming for the government.

                    Learn your history or did you sleep through that just like economics.

                    • 1 vote
                    #3.74 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 3:12 PM EDT

                    What's fair?

                    People who work hard for a living and struggle to get by should pay little or no taxes. They are getting little from the country in return for their efforts.

                    People who make money because other people do their work for them and make money off of the simple fact that they have money, should pay far higher taxes. The country is serving them very well.

                    The wealthy in this country have reaped the benefits of being an American. Working class Americans are the ones who provide them with their wealth, whether they work for them to produce their profits or whether they purchase their goods and services. Many wealthy people like to say that they "earned" their wealth, but I'll debate that. They may be smarter, more innovative and more opportunistic and they may feel that they "worked" for everything they have, but in fact they are really only more able to take advantage of the opportunities this country provides. Taxes should be a payback for those opportunities. The more you use those opportunities and benefit from them, the more you should pay back. It is that simple. Things like "flat tax" is a joke. This is anything but fair. We can sit comfortably and say that everyone here has the same opportunity, but that simply isn't true. Some may be better at taking the opportunities and turning them into wealth and feel they should be rewarded for having that ability. And in fact they are rewarded quite nicely. But the bottom line is without the opportunity, it would be a useless skill. It is the use of that opportunity that should be taxed. Whether that is a paid salary or just "earnings" made on existing wealth. In reality, a fair tax would be a wealth based tax and not an "income" tax. The more wealth you have is indicative of how much you "use" what the country provides. "Pay for use" is a better way to look at taxes. This is really where the idea of a progressive tax structure came from. But through the years it has been grossly distorted. We live in a country where the more you have, they more you can make. This isn't some purely proportional function such that the tax should be an equal percentage. It is an exponential function so the tax should be accordingly adjusted. Equal is not necessarily fair, nor is proportional.

                    If we had a fair system, wealth in the country would look more like a bell curve with a few at the very bottom being statistically matched by a few at the top. We are anything but that. If you plotted out wealth, the curve you would get would be exponential. Very many holding very little and very few holding very much. A term called "redistribution of wealth" gets thrown around and is often equated to taking from the rich and giving to the poor. That is not what progressive tax is about. It is about a more equal distribution in the first place. The reality is that we have for some time had a system that redistributes wealth from the many to the few. The statistics support that as fact. Maybe we really should do some adjustment for past inequity, but at the very least we should rebuild the system so it is more equitable in the first place. Properly structured taxes can help that.

                      #3.75 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 3:54 PM EDT

                      Amazing how many in this thread doesn't know how an economy works?

                      1) Only businesses can create jobs - when businesses grow they can afford to hire more workers.

                      2) Government cannot create a job. All government can do is create a business environment that accelerates business growth thus helping the first point.

                      So what is Obama doing to promote business growth? Is he making it easier for businesses to make more profit thus can afford more workers? No. Increased taxes, uncertainty of ObamaCare, increased regulations. Is he creating an environment where companies will want to relocate TO the U.S. to run their business? No, same as above. Companies are LEAVING this country to try and find a way to compete in this global economy.

                      So what is the solution? To increase taxes even FURTHER?!?!? Let me tell you how business works (it is quite easy really): An investor will consider risking their capital IF they believe they can make a worthwhile profit on their investment. If so then they open/expand a business. If not then they don't.

                      Example: An individual comes up with a great idea and is considering investing $500,000 in the business. If successful he believes he can make $500,000 a year which, after taxes, would be $300,000 a year. Worst case scenario is he may lose $400,000. He evaluates the risk and realizes that it may be worth it. But now Obama comes along and tells him he must pay for his employees health insurance AND he will have to pay more in taxes if his business is successful.

                      So this investor reevaluates and realizes if successful he would only make, after taxes and additional health care costs, of $225,000. But still might lose $400,000 if not successful. So he decides losing $400,000 in a worst case scenario or making $225,000 in a best case scenario is not worth the risk. So who suffers. Do you think this investor suffers? Not at all!! He decides its not worth the risk. So who suffers? The government does due to tax revenue that might have occurred but now is not and the employees that he WOULD have hired but is not.

                      So you liberals that hate capitalism and hate "the rich" just where do you think you are going to get your money you want to spend when the only people who CAN create jobs and tax revenue decides not too? Margaret Thatcher summed it up so eloquently when she said "Socialism works just fine until you run out of other people's money"..................

                      • 3 votes
                      #3.76 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:07 PM EDT

                      Holy crap, seriously? Our current income taxes are the lowest in 30 years, and lower than all the other first-world industrialized countries. The government -- that's YOU, you are the government. The money is spent on services we need, like teachers, firefighters, sanitation, and of course roads, etc.

                      Right now states and municipalities are bankrupt. Right now basic services are being cut or ended, whether shorter school years with larger classes, or charging citizens for fire department services, and worse Emergency Managers in places like Michigan that equates to no democracy. Right here in the good old US of A, we have dictatorship.

                      This concept of tax cuts and more cuts only, never raising taxes (Norquist) is illogical. Eventually there would be zero tax revenue, and you ignoramuses never consider how a government operates on nothing. There is always waste that must always be controlled, but the idea that somehow all your tax dollars are wasted is one of the biggest lies being told.

                      If you want to get your undies in a bundle, get angry about all the "free stuff" (as Romney calls it) going to corporate welfare. Did you see the agriculture bill -- Hurry and contact your representatives, because this monstrosity is about to get passed. How about TARP being "free stuff" for Wall Street and the Banksters? How about tax breaks on dividend, capital gains, and estate taxes for the richest 2% that Romney wants to make even sweeter?

                      And what do the Teapublicans and Romney want? They want a hand-out from you, the middle class and working poor. They have had over a decade of unpaid wars, a decade of tax cuts for the rich, a meltdown of our economy because of deregulation of Wall Street. And they want YOU to sacrifice Social Security and Medicare to pay for their mismanagement. They tell you Social Security and Medicare is "free stuff" but it is not -- YOU pay into these trust fund programs.

                      Why in the heck would you take a cut in programs you've paid for so that the GOP/Romney can increase spending on defense, can increase tax cuts for the rich, can continue with corporate welfare -- In other words get their "free stuff" and YOU have to pay for it?

                      Stop being duped. Throw out the Teapublican oligarchy. Romney the plutocrat -- He's not in it for you.

                      • 3 votes
                      #3.77 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:27 PM EDT

                      Freestuffers: Those who use other people to make money off of them.

                      If I employ someone to do a job for $100 in pay, and then I sell that to someone else for $150, I just got free stuff. Namely money from the sweat of others. The whole concept of capitalism is about using others to get free stuff, otherwise known as profit. I paid $100 and got $150. What about that isn't getting free stuff? Then if I invest my $150 dollars I made from your efforts and get an interest or dividend off of it, I just got more free stuff. Now if the government who designed the system that allows me to get this free stuff, taxes me for a portion of the free stuff I got and gives a little bit of it back to the original guy that did the job in the first place, is he really getting free stuff or is he maybe getting just a bit closer to a fair trade than the deal I made with him in the first place?

                      That "free stuff" he got is just a little bit of payback for participating in the system that allows me to get a lot of free stuff. Now maybe as his employer, if I'd have been a bit more fair about the deal I made with him in the first place, maybe the government wouldn't need to give him free stuff to help him survive and continue to work for me, providing me the opportunity to get lots of free stuff.

                      What constitutes "free stuff" is all in the eyes of the beholder. The very principles of profit is about getting more back than you spend, getting free stuff. When we get too greedy about the amount of free stuff we "earn", somebody gets screwed in the process. It isn't the wealthy who just get wealthier. It is the guy who provides the work and efforts that allow us to make big profits who is getting screwed because he is going backwards. When we are both gaining a bit, the system is working. But when one gains a lot while the other loses, the system needs to make an adjustment.

                      Now there are some who don't participate in the system for a variety of reasons. Maybe they are stupid, living somewhere without opportunities, can't work for some physical on mental reasons, or whatever. Now we could just let these people die in their own filth or we could help them survive in the hopes that someday they might make a contribution, but more so because we are not ruthless animals with a survival of the fittest attitude. We help these people because we are a society. We understand that not everyone may be as capable for whatever reason, but we don't consider them as less than human because of that. So yeah, we do give them some free stuff and maybe we don't get anything from them in the way of providing us more opportunities to get free stuff ourselves. But in the course of surviving, these people do participate somewhat as consumers and when they buy our goods or services, we don't give it to them at just cost. In fact we make some profit off of that transaction and thus get more free stuff ourselves.

                        #3.78 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:39 PM EDT

                        The richest 400 families wealth equals the bottom 155 million combined. Since according to Romney's own estimates lowering the top rate from 35% to 25% would cost 5 trillion over 10 years then cleary claims raising taxes on the rich wouldn't be enough to bother with is silly. Why would any middle class tax payer support a man who wants to lower his own taxes and raise theirs? Millions of middle class losing their home mortgage deduction and employer health plan exemption would surely pay a lot more. A 10k to 15k family health plan paid by their employer and currently untaxed would be taxed at 25%. Do the math.

                          #3.79 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:44 PM EDT

                          Mac Forrester: "The difference is only when investment distribution taxes are paid. Too, most all corporations start out as C, then if successful, move to S."

                          I don't understand how you can claim that double-taxation isn't real. C corporations are taxed on their income, and dividends from C corporations are taxable to the shareholders. And the most successful corporations usually can't become S corporations, because they have too many owners (if you don't believe me, look at ANY corporation on the NYSE or NASDAQ).

                            #3.80 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:51 PM EDT

                            @1newday

                            If I employ someone to do a job for $100 in pay, and then I sell that to someone else for $150, I just got free stuff. Namely money from the sweat of others.

                            Actually you made $50 for your idea, for your intellectual property, or for your willingness to risk your $100 in the first place. Someone was willing to pay you $50 in added value. The idea took $100 worth of labor and added value to it and someone was willing to freely pay for it (which is how value is determined btw) and you profited just as you should. Win for you.

                            Do you have any idea how economies work? Or are you a Freestuff taker, a freeloader? Me thinks you might be a communist.

                            Further, you said you paid someone $100 for their labor. Apparently they thought it a fair rate for the work and they accepted your offer - employment in the USA is voluntary. The worker benefited from the pay. Win for worker.

                            Those are Win - Wins and you know what else? The government got to tax 'em both too.

                            Phuck! That's a win win win! You're one of them capitalists afterall!

                            • 2 votes
                            #3.81 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:54 PM EDT

                            Newday: Sooooooooooo, you don't have a clue how an economy works - do you? You spoke of a person hiring someone for $100 and selling their product for $150. And called that "free stuff". But you forgot one tiny but important point: this businessman risked his own capital and invested his own time to start a business. He offered to pay this worker $100 but what if he doesn't SELL this item for $150? Then what? Can he tell the worker since he DIDN'T sell the item he won't pay the worker? You are not really that ignorant are you?

                            An investor risks their time and capital. Sometimes they make money and sometimes they lose money. So, according to you, then a business should not make a profit? If I hire a worker for $100 then I can only sell the item I made for $100? So what pays for the rent? What pays for the electric? What pays for the risk? And let's not forget that the GOVERNMENT taxes payroll too so using a standard estimate of 12% when a businessman pays that worker $100 the business must ALSO pay the federal and state governments another $12.

                            So if there is no reasonable profit to be made what do you expect this investor to do? That's right, they won't invest. Why risk their time and capital if the worst case scenario is losing their investment and the BEST scenario is making too small of a profit to make it worthwhile. So your preference is they do not open their business. So that is, say, 10 workers who now don't have a job. What do we do then?

                            Margaret Thatcher summed it up so eloquently when she said "Socialism works just fine until you run out of other people's money"..................

                            • 2 votes
                            #3.82 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 5:04 PM EDT

                            Can the U.S. economy tolerate a reduction in federal spending in 2013? No, because it provides a critical stimulative effect.

                              #3.83 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 5:43 PM EDT

                              Republicans already agreed to the automatic spending cuts in defense, and ending Bush tax cuts when President Obama extended these tax cuts again through 2012 (with Bush's war in Iraq over, and Afghanistan ending in 2014 (President Obama's promise) defense spending cuts were agreed to by republicans).

                                #3.84 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 12:00 AM EDT

                                Subliminal, the problem with what you posted going viral is that newsvine at any one time only has about 1600 people on-line. I would suspect that about 85-90% of those are liberal democrats. I will tell you one thing. That expense to send his daughter to Mexico should be an insult to every taxpayer. I really can't believe the hypocrisy on the part of Obama. I will bet you it was Mrs. Obama who approved that outing. You will never see this on MSNBC. Fox needs to pick up on this and show the American public what a hypocrite Obama really is. We are in the worst economic downturn in US history, other than the depression, and they send their kid to Mexico on our dime. Good job Mr. President. Daffy Duck could be running against Obama and that would still be the better choice.

                                • 2 votes
                                #3.85 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 1:00 AM EDT

                                Considering that the millionaires in Hollywood primarily back Obama –

                                what is with the obsession that the lunatic right has with hollywood? every actor and actress is paid at the top tax bracket because it is all wages, so almost all of their income is at the top tax bracket(for the top-paid actors), they are not taxed at the 15% or so that romney, buffett, the kochs, etc pay

                                  #3.86 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 2:12 AM EDT

                                  Probusiness and Rational,

                                  First off if you have to counter by suggesting I am ignorant, it just shows how you view other people. Nice argument, very consistent with intelligent debate. Not!

                                  But let's address a few issues. Yes being employed is optional, but not really. If you think people accept low wages because they think it's a good deal, maybe you're simply not paying attention. When the unemployment is high and the jobs are few, it is an employers market. People accept low paying jobs because it is the best they can get. That doesn't make it fair.

                                  And yes I understand that there are other expenses for employers besides labor costs. My point is that profit is "free stuff" meaning you got more than it cost you. Yes "value added" does have something to do with the price that the market will bear, but the true value is what it cost. Beyond that is profit, below that is loss. There is risk that a business will fail, but the employee also takes that risk, not just the employer. The employer can deduct his losses from his taxes. The employee who lost his job doesn't get a deduction for that, he only gets a reduction because he isn't earning money anymore. What an employer spends on employees is an operating cost. That cost comes off his bottom line. It may have an impact on his total profit but the question is about what is fair. Without the employees, the business owner usually doesn't have a business. With the exception of the self employed, money is made off of the employees' efforts. And technically, even in the self employed situation that's true too, only that you are your own employer and employee at the same time.

                                  I'm not an advocate of communism, but the principles of getting adequately compensated for one's efforts. Personally, I'm very big on profit sharing agreements. Employees share the risk and share the reward. I'm talking real profit sharing and not just some token bonus. My issues with the situation today is that the employer/employee relationship has become very onesided. Profits are at record levels, but wages are stagnant at best. In many cases they've gone down because of benefit losses and such.

                                  You may be surprised to know that I make a lot of money. Technically not self employed, but brokered instead. Just makes the paperwork easier. I'm a professional in demand. I turn down more jobs than I take. I can pick and choose and can generally get what I want in salary negotiated individually on each job. Many would call me wealthy and compared to most people that's accurate. But I have no problem with my taxes going up a small amount to help those who are not so lucky. I'm doing fine but others are not. I realize that I'm lucky as well as very good at what I do. If I can't negotiate a fair rate, I have the luxury of passing on a job. Few have that kind of option. Never collected a day of unemployement or government "free stuff". Never had to. But many do need this to survive and I have no issue with being part of the lucky few, sharing some of that with the unfortunate many. I could claim that i've got where I am at soley because of my own efforts, but I also know that without the opportunities, all my efforts and skills wouldn't mean much.

                                  The trouble is that almost half the country needs government "free stuff" to survive and many of those are working their butts off but not making enough to get ahead. I'm not a "one percenter", but somewhere between a 2 and 3 percenter. I know that I've been "lucky" while other have not. We need to change the trend to where the middle class has some opportunity to get ahead. We've exported many of our good middle class jobs such that what is left is mostly crap jobs. If the majority of people in the country can't get ahead by working, what's the point and/or incentive to work?

                                  No doubt some businesses have failed in this economy. In most cases it is because the demand for their products/services has declined to an unsustainable level. Most business owners who fail usually don't go from a booming high profit business to being on welfare. They cut their losses before it's too late. They take their losses, go bankrupt while preserving much of their wealth and often start up another business. When the average person loses a job, they usually lose much of their very limited wealth. Having a buffer makes all the difference. The average American has no buffer or what they have is their house which may very well have an underwater mortgage. The reality though is that overall, businesses have done very well. You can't make record profits and say that you're struggling.

                                  But we are slowly destroying our consumer base. Without that base there is little need for businesses. I'm not suggesting that we all throw our chips in and redistribute them equally to everyone. But if we have a lot of chips, we should be smart enough to see that giving up a few could be better for all of us in the long run. Of course we need to do more than that. We need to have more decent paying jobs and just doubling the salaries of WalMart greeters isn't going to do it. But we do need to get more money in the pockets of more people.

                                  It will take a lot of different things to do this. Frankly handing out free stuff helps, but only to a degree. But if those who are doing fine and in fact doing quite well, don't drive some money back into more hands, than maybe the government intervening needs to happen. To count on it to happen without somehow being forced, is being pretty naive. I believe the best bet is to create some government jobs that are relatively short term like a year or two. We have a failing infrastructure which seems like a worthwhile investment of tax dollars. But we also need to make sure that the consumer dollars that would put into the economy, goes to American businesses with American employees. If it just gets spent on Chinese stuff, even though it may be a US company getting the profits, this won't help that much. The consumer spending needs to translate into American jobs and unless we have some major policy changes to go along with those short term jobs, we end up in the same place a couple years down the road.

                                  Bringing back the middle class as a working group who sees gains in their wealth is key. It won't happen on its own no matter how low we make taxes. It takes government intervention. It will also take some willingness on the part of those of us doing fine, to make an extra contribution.

                                    #3.87 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 2:49 AM EDT

                                    Yes being employed is optional, but not really.

                                    Stop right there!

                                    I'm not an advocate of communism, but -

                                    Stop right there, Communist, err Freestuffer!

                                    You think I just called you ignorant to insult you? No I say you are completely ignorant of economics and you continue to prove it.

                                    If I offered you 10 cents an hour to dig a trench. Would you accept the job? Probably not. If there is no one standing behind you with a machine gun you will walk away.

                                    What if I offered you 10 cents an hour, free healthcare, room and board, clothes to dig the trench? Would you accept that job? This is called prison, report to your nearest regime gulag.

                                    How about if I offered you 20 bucks an hour. Would you dig that trench?

                                    How about $30 an hour?

                                    At some point you will dig that trench.

                                    But if I offer the job to the plurality of society. Some one will dig that trench for the lowest rate. They are setting the value of that work. If I need 100 workers to dig that trench odds are I will have to pay more. If I need more skill then I will pay more wage. When the wage becomes too steep, I will invent a backhoe and did the trench with one man.

                                    This is why minimum wages are a complete waste of time. Same for maximum wages in a communist regime. Worker pay is the value the worker is willing to accept to do the job. What if you pay doctors $20 bucks an hour instead of $200. Do you think there will be many doctors?

                                    I got bad news for you 1newday, you are a communist. Embrace it, be who you are. And with that realization study the former Soviet Union and its demise.

                                    The stories are fascinating. My favorite story that sticks with me was the state rewarding a commune farm for planting twice as many acres as the average collective farm. They were celebrated and given orders of merit. The problem was, they did not plow as deep as they needed to to have a good crop. There crop failed to produce even half as much grain as the typical farm did. Soon all collective farms were shallow plowing and the Soviets began to starve. Oops. Farmers who knew better were doing the wrong thing because of their government.

                                    From Thomas Jefferson - "Were we directed from Washington when to sow and when to reap, we should soon want bread."

                                    ------------------------

                                    I realize that I'm lucky as well as very good at what I do...

                                    Bill Cosby once said, "I find the harder I work the luckier I get."

                                    I worked 18 hours yesterday on 3 global meetings. I am a 2%-er. I have three college degrees and paid for them all by working hard. I travel a couple hundred thousand miles a year. I further invest in a small business for my wife. We employ 3 people in that business. God I'm lucky and tired! Obama is threatening their employment by threatening to raise my tax structure in every conceivable way.

                                    ------------------

                                    I believe the best bet is to create some government jobs that are relatively short term like a year or two. We have a failing infrastructure which seems like a worthwhile investment of tax dollars.

                                    The FCC in 2008 had 46 people making $150K a year now they have 535 in 2011. What the heck! And they owe more than a million in back taxes. You sure you want to put more on the dole?

                                    http://dailycaller.com/2012/07/16/fcc-employees-owe-1-million-in-delinquent-federal-income-taxes/

                                    Sorry dude, but your socialistic/communistic view point is extreme and dangerous. You do not want to destroy my work ethic. In fact you may want to proliferate it.

                                    Another Thomas Jefferson quote for you:

                                    1) The democracy will cease to exist when you take away from those who are willing to work and give to those who would not.

                                    Its bedtime here in Hong Kong, good night.

                                    • 2 votes
                                    #3.88 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 8:47 AM EDT

                                    @1new day--Once the decision was made to sign free trade agreements with countries that had a much lower cost of living, the wages in this country have stagnated. Wages are not dictated by artificial means. They are dictated by the market. Our little country of 310+million people, are losing influence since there are countries in the world that have far larger populations. As those larger countries have grown and advanced technologically, they have greater influence across the globe. Corporations had no choice but to expand overseas and in some cases relocate their total operations. Wages equal the rate of pay someone is willing to do for a determined job plus the cost to deliver that service or product to the marketplace. Corporations exist to make a profit and benefit the shareholders. If they fail to move with the market, they risk another corporation taking their place. It happens every day.

                                    Profit sharing? Risk Sharing? That's called shareholders. A shareholder risks their capital and benefits from the profit or loses in its loss. Employees get paid either way. Where's their risk?

                                    You really need to take some business classes and economics classes. While you are taking them, leave your emotions, patriotism and American exceptionalism out of the equation. Because there are other people from bigger countries who are taking these classes, and the laws of economics favors them unless you are willing to cut yourself a niche into that future marketplace.

                                    • 2 votes
                                    #3.89 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 9:52 AM EDT

                                    Newday: You rambled paragraph after paragraph but did not make any sense. I don't know what your income is and don't care. Equally you should not care what my income is either. This is the problem with liberalism - they are always concerned with what OTHER people make.

                                    It has often been summarized like this:

                                    Two Republicans are standing on a street corner and see a man driving a real nice car. One Republican looks at the other Republican and says "One of these days with hard work and sacrifice I am going to own one of those cars".

                                    Now two Democrats are standing on a street corner and see the same man drive by in the nice car. One Democrat looks at the other and says "It is not fair that HE gets to drive a nice car and I don't. We need to find a way to take that car away from him"

                                    So you rambled on paragraph after paragraph and I realize there is not enough space (or time) to teach you Economics. But what I CAN tell you is you do not understand business or how society reacts. For example you speak of it being an "employer's market". It is not an employer's market it is called a "labor market". When supply of labor goes up there is a shift to the right of the supply curve which meets a new wage equilibrium. In other words the price of which labor is willing to accept decreases. Now an employer evaluates the Marginal Revenue Product (MRP) of their labor force and the decision of whether to hire another employee or two is DIRECTLY related to whether this employee will bring in more revenue than it costs.

                                    Let me remind you WHY a business hires a worker. Because a business would like to grow but the goal of a business is NOT to create jobs. This is what liberals don't understand. I have a business and my goal is NOT to see how many employees I can hire. No, my goal is to increase profits and is quite simple: If hiring this next employee will increase my profits I will hire them. If hiring this next employee will NOT increase my profits I will NOT hire them.

                                    And where do you get off saying that an employee is taking a risk with MY business? Did they go to school spending tens of thousands of dollars earning a Bachelor's degree and two Master's degrees? Did they sacrifice six years of earning potential while going to school? Did they invest in a previous business and lose $75,000 but learned a great deal in the process? Did they delay marrying their high school sweetheart for 4 years, and put off starting a family, to finish school? Did they mortgage their house and invest additional savings in starting their own business? Did they work the first year of the business for no pay? Do they work 80 hour weeks? No, the employee risked nothing. They went a different route, which is fine and are great employees, but I don't owe them a thing and they risked nothing. If my business fails they simply go find another job. Inconvenient yes but that is not a risk. I took the risk. I could lose everything.

                                    So I sacrificed financially and emotionally to start my own business and now this worthless president tells me I did not build my own business? That if it wasn't for government I would not my business? NO!! If it wasn't for Obama I would be TWICE the size right now and would have another 10 employees I need.

                                    And WHY have we outsourced jobs? Did you ever take a step back and think WHY? Do you think it may be because our government has made it so difficult to RUN our own businesses many find they can't even compete in the global markets? So we must buy our product from overseas.

                                    What scares me is there are so many people, like you, who have no idea how an economy works. You have no concept of how Fiscal and Monetary Policy affects the ability for a business to grow. You have no idea how Marginal Cost and Marginal Revenue play a part in the economy. You have no idea how the costs of business affect expansion decisions. You have no idea even how risk works? To naively say that the EMPLOYEE is taking as much risk as the EMPLOYER? Are you REALLY that naive? You have NO idea how a business works? You have NO idea what it takes for a business to succeed? You have NO idea how government policy can positively (or negatively) affect the business? You REALLY have no idea how an economy works? Sad. Very sad.

                                    But welcome to the world of liberalism and your supreme leader Barack Hussein Obama. He has a passion to hurt the private sector and even has disdain for those who have businesses. He even said it. Obama has the kahunas to tell me that I DID NOT build my own business? I DID NOT do that on my own? Funny, I don't remember Obama helping me at 2am on many evenings finishing up my work for the day then getting up at 7am to start again. Funny, I don't remember Obama offering to help me package up my product each day to fulfill my orders for the day. But yet YOU have the same disdain for business blaming business for everything and THEN stating the employee is also taking a risk when I was the one working 20 hour days and risking my house and my future. You need to wake up and smell the coffee because you have NO IDEA how an economy actually works.

                                    • 2 votes
                                    #3.90 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 10:11 AM EDT

                                    TruePatriot,

                                    I see that you again are all talk without any substance. Try something for a change, back up your liberal ideology with facts, or are you learning from your Commander in Thief that if you lie enough people just might believe you. I have seen post after post but have never seen one reference towards any facts, are you getting these from the Obama press releases?

                                    • 1 vote
                                    #3.91 - Wed Jul 18, 2012 7:49 AM EDT

                                    Probusiness,

                                    Rambling? Seems like you have a pretty good knack for it too.

                                    Here's the thing. I do completely understand how the economy "works". And my point is that it is screwed up. You guys like to throw out terms like communism and socialism to shoot down anyone who isn't a died in the wool 100% capitalist. "Pure" capitalism is every bit as bad as "pure" socialism. The problem in the country today as that we has progressed from an almost reasonable blend to a pure capitalist economy. All forms or principles of socialism are not bad, despite what you have had ingrained into your head. Likewise all capitalist principles aren't bad either. The problem is that neither system taken to its extremes is fair.

                                    Yes, I believe that we do need to incorporate some socialist principles into our economy. But the idea that socialism is some inherent evil is just insanity. Bottom line is we already have some socialist principles and have had since day one. What are roads and public services if not socialist ideas? Could you run a business if you had to build the roads to your customers? Can you create a successful business without roads, a power grid, etc, or of equal importance, willing consumers? Socialist ideas gave you those things that you take for granted. Because I believe that some socialist principles are good, does not make me a "communist" or "socialist". And guess what? I belive that a lot of capitalist ideas are good to, but I'm not a capitalist either.

                                    The way our economy "works" has evolved over time and over about the last 3 decades or so it has evolved too heavily in a pure capitalist direction. If you are up at the top in the wealth category, it is nice to say that the global economy is a good thing because it provides you with more opportunity. But for those who aren't at the top, it has a lot of downsides. We need to change things and I completely understand why some are so against change that "threatens" their golden goose.

                                    A totally market driven economy will fail most people. You end up with the two percent owners and the 98% workers, (assuming they can find a job). Market based wages are not a good thing and I am a shining example of someone who enjoys that maret advantage. The system of value added needs to be based more on paying people appropriatelyfor the value they add, not just what the market wages are. That value added used to be a bit easier to determine when we were primarily a manufacturing economy. It gets a lot fuzzier in a service based economy.

                                    When we take US jobs and move them to low wage labor markets, all we are doing is paying someone less for the value they add. Maybe a small portion of that added value gain by the owners gets somewhat offset by added transportation and logistics costs, but it really is just about finding ways to get more profit. That's what pure capitalism is about. But without some socialist moderation, the bulk of people in the US portion of the economy suffer. Maybe short term the consumer gets things at cheaper costs, but ultimately it threatens his job and depresses his wages. At some point that 98% can no longer be the same consumers they once were. Eventually, we end up throwing people out of the consumer base. It is that consumer base that capitaism relies on. That same US consumer base is a big part of what China relies on. One could argue that all we are experiencing is a leveling of the global playing field. The trouble with that is that most Americans lose in that process and only a few win.

                                    Winners have a big edge over losers and as the game continues you just make more losers at the benefit of a few winners. Like the game of Monopoly, the end result is one winner with everything and the rest losers with nothing. At that point the game ends because the losers can no longer play. This is the game of capitalism. Some people use a "socialist" rule when they play Monopoly often called "Free Parking". It keeps the losers in the game a little longer. You might think of it as some socialist government program. Part of winning at Monopoly is skill at using your money wisely, but part of it is luck and part is the rules of the game.

                                    I now how the economy works and completely understand the rules of the game, but I now also that the rules need adjusting. We are racking up far too many losers. The rules are weighted too heavily in favor of the winners. We are a country that is supposed to be above banishing our losers to humanity's garbage dump. But that is exactly what pure capitalism does.

                                    I don't really expect you to understand. Or maybe more accurately, I don't expect you to admit it. Eventually, the 98% will change the rules whether you like it or not. And the longer you hold off on understanding and listening to their concerns, the less understanding they will be when it happens. But the 98% doesn't really want to be in the 2%. All they want is to feel they have a chance. All they want is to quit losing ground and gain just a little. Life has gotten much better for the 2% while life has gone down for the 98%. And it isn't because the 98% don't understand the rules, they know what they are and know that they are stacked against them. I sincerely believe that the 2% doesn't understand that important nuance. They are too focused at maximizing what they can get out of the rules and feel threatened every time someone says we need to reign things in.

                                    Capitalism is about winners and losers. Regulated capitalism is about big winners and small winners. But unless you can see it from the loser's point of view, it all looks pretty similar. I understand, you are the one who doesn't or who is in denial. Or maybe you are just morally fine with your fellow citizens being losers as long as you are winning.

                                      #3.92 - Wed Jul 18, 2012 3:29 PM EDT

                                      @1newday: We are experiencing a leveling of the global playing field. Capitalism has created middle classes in China, India, Brazil and other developing countries. This is the result of Trade Agreements signed by Republican and Democrat presidents and supported by Republican and Democrat legislators. Anyone with a little critical analysis skill could have told you what the results were going to be. But, only one politician said it out loud.

                                      What you are proposing is protectionism or isolationism. It was tried and failed. Corporations are considered US by geographic location and incorporation only. They can be easily moved. Corporations exist for the sole purposes of making money and benefitting the shareholders. If they want to continue to exist, corporations must anticipate markets (wherever they may be) and remain competitive or risk losing customers and market shares to competitors. With the free trade agreements, corporations had to identify where they could produce their goods at the lowest costs, with the least impact of goverment regulations in order to stay in business. Once those trade agreements were signed, it was the beginning of stagnant middle class wages. There is nothing that can be done to prevent the leveling of the global playing field. Exacerbating the problem is that China has pegged the renminbi to the US Dollar instead of floating their currency. Another problem is that our country's tax structure is dated and needs to be reformed to take advantage of the global economy. Another problem is that our education system is not geared toward producing students for the type of jobs that are needed in this global economy. But, education problem does not require more money. It requires a curriculum change. It requires a change in focus on technology, science, engineering and math. Intellectual properties will always be in demand and therefore, the pay associated with those kind of jobs will reflect that. But, none of those require an expansion of socialistic practices. As you have pointed out, there are some socialistic practices that are necessary. But, almost all of them can be accomplished without a larger, centralized federal government by keeping that money at the municipal and state level where it is more responsive to the needs of the people that it governs.

                                        #3.93 - Wed Jul 18, 2012 5:01 PM EDT

                                        OneNewDay,

                                        Europe has gone down the path that you are advocating, are you blind or have you not heard that Europe is teetering on the bring of complete collapse. As for setting up any type of socialistic organization, it is the opposite of what this country stands for. Why don't you go to Cuba, they seem to be more in line with how you think.

                                          #3.94 - Thu Jul 19, 2012 6:05 PM EDT

                                          Why don't you go to Cuba, they seem to be more in line with how you think.

                                          wow that makes you sound soooo intelligent... (sarcasm)

                                          show me where anyone has proposed government ownership of the means of production? (Cuba) because I certainly haven't seen it here

                                          two points against your (non) argument

                                            #3.95 - Sun Jul 22, 2012 12:14 AM EDT
                                            Reply
                                            Comment author avatarSail NakedExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

                                            "DICK" Durban. Sounds about right. Soylent Green is Liberals!

                                            • 5 votes
                                            Reply#4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:37 PM EDT

                                            What we need is this out of control congress (both House and Senate) and this out of control president to stop spending money in order to get votes. What the hell does "fair" mean anyway? ALL? If Obama and Buffett want to pay more in taxes, go for it. I think that we just need to throw everyone out and start all over.

                                            Nobody in their right mind should be under the delusion that any politician is going to willingly do anything that could alter their financial fortunes or their main bribers fortunes, I mean supporters. It's up to us to make it stop and the average person has been lulled into a state where we just wont do it.

                                            • 14 votes
                                            Reply#5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:39 PM EDT

                                            Buffet has to pay back taxes first to pay more??

                                            • 3 votes
                                            #5.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:39 PM EDT

                                            Kurt Tietjen

                                            Here's the thing - it's our fault these arrogant, moronic, self-serving politicians are in office - even though we've been manipulated by them to keep re-electing them. It's up to us to put them out. But they have divided the American voters so much that we may never be organized enough to accomplish this. We spend so much time at each others throats....libtards - repubiCons....that we don't spend enough time watching what they are doing to us - that was their goal all along. Both sides are equally guilty of this and they are expert in their game. I don't hold out much hope that we will ever succeed in dumping all and starting over. But....small steps, small steps - intelligently putting the right people in the right place (much like obama has been doing with the SC — which , btw, if he gets re-elected he will have an additional up to two additional appointees he can use to fill in for retiring SC Justices thereby effectively "stacking the deck" - these are his "small steps")!

                                            • 4 votes
                                            #5.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:25 PM EDT

                                            Kurt Tietjen -- The argument that Warren buffet can go ahead and write a check to the government is not only fallacious it is downright childish. Everyone knows the point is to change the tax code for everyone, and only then will a difference be made. Do you have any concept of fair? That means everyone doing their share.

                                            • 6 votes
                                            #5.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:50 PM EDT

                                            Hey i agree with Patriot, change the code. It was interesting listening to Boles, Simpson and Buffett on CNBC this week. They said arguing over the current tax code is useless. The whole thing needs to be thrown out, taking all of the deductions away and having slightly lower than current rates. But they said the effective rate will be higher than current, it was bipartisan and about the best we could do now.

                                            Then the first guest a Dem lady trashed everything they talked about. Then the Rep trashed about half. Which means nothing will ever get done as both parties want to act like school children.

                                            • 5 votes
                                            #5.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:18 PM EDT

                                            The real question that needs to be asked : Is America worth paying for? The big corporations want us to spend tons on a military that protects big business but dont want to pay for it. They want guys like me who squeak out a basic living for 60 hours a week to pay for the flat tops and jets. They want my wife to work full time so they can bully the rest of the world for profit. I dont complain about the tax i pay, why are they complaining? greed

                                            • 5 votes
                                            #5.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:03 PM EDT

                                            I'm curious...when you say "taking all of the deductions away"...does that mean things like corporate deductions for interest, equipment, etc? If you are trying to make the tax code fair and equitable, then deductions for corporations and people need to be the same. And that means that either I get to start deduction credit card interest...or corporations have to stop being allowed to deduct credit card interest. Same goes for cars. If a business owner gets to deduct a car even though they use it for personal use...then people should be allowed to deduct their car too. If we're talking about dropping the mortgage interest deduction...then does that go for businesses too?

                                            I, for one, am tired of the double standard that treats wage earners as second class citizens.

                                            Wages are taxed up to 35%...but income from wealth is generally taxed at just 15%. And that ignores the payroll taxes of about another 15% if you count the employer side of SS as part of your total compensation.

                                            Business owners get to deduct their car, fuel etc expenses...but people aren't allowed to deduct commuting expenses. I pay $30 for parking every month in order to get to work. An "employee" doesn't get to deduct that...but a business owner does? How is that fair?

                                            "tax reform" is just code for another round of the wealthy figuring out how to rig the system even more in their favor. If conservatives want to make the system fair...there is no need to "start over". Just fix what's broken. Start with ending the different treatment between wages and investment income. Then subject all income to SS and Medicare taxes. Then let people and corporations have the exact same deductions. THEN we can look at what the tax rates need to be to sustain services and reduce the deficit.

                                            • 3 votes
                                            #5.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:27 PM EDT

                                            A combo flat tax and consumption tax. Why are we still in Germany and Japan?pull our military out and close the bases.Those guys aren't going to fight us anymore.South Korea can deal with the north,just tell the north that we well have a nuclear sub not far away if its needed.Dont attack Iran,its the dumbest idea ive ever heard! you all want 200 plus barrels of oil? Pull your heads out folks the government is the enemy,both partys,they're greedy psychopaths who dont care a lick about you.

                                            • 1 vote
                                            #5.7 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:47 AM EDT

                                            I've said it before and I'll be happy to say it again, why not let ALL the tax cuts expire AND freeze the current spending levels in place for 2 years at a minimum. This way any additional revenue can AND SHOULD be applied to the debt period. As much as I would like to see the 1% pay their fair share in taxes, it is going to be an uphill battle for this President to do while the republicans control the house.

                                            As far and the "job creators" go. I distinctly remember the president state that only those who earned $250,000 and more will incur a tax increase. If you are a small business owner, You will get a tax cut. I've heard this several times BUT the republicans do not want to advertise this as it will nullify their "job creators" theme. I'm sure by now that the majority of the "smart" people know that when they say "job creators" they mean wealthy people. For those that say the wealthy are paying their fair share and those that don't pay taxes should start, how bout this food for thought:

                                            In the past 5 years, the so called 1% have enjoyed a increase in income of about roughly 70% while the middle and lower income have seen theirs either tick up about 3% or take pay cuts in order keep their jobs or no increase whatsoever. Somehow this information has been lost (or conveniently left out) of the discussion. If the system was "fair" then all income brackets would have seen some kind of increase in salary(and I don't mean cost of living either) and not just the top 5% or so.

                                            My suggestion may hurt the 95% or so temporarily BUT it will benefit us in the long run.

                                            • 1 vote
                                            #5.8 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 3:35 AM EDT

                                            Romney will put middle class in poverty to support the 1%, get the tax increases we need from "Trickle Down" ( WE ARE STILL WAITING ) ?????????????????????????

                                            • 3 votes
                                            #5.9 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 8:57 AM EDT

                                            wtfjes66

                                            It is not the fault of the "arrogant, moronic, self-serving politicians are in office"; it is the fault of the people who elected the -"arrogant, moronic, self-serving politicians"

                                            If you want to see useful change, stop voting for Democrats and Republicans.

                                            Our only hope is to vote LIBERTARIAN

                                              #5.10 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:24 PM EDT

                                              If the government raises taxes on the people making $200,000 or more, they won’t invest as much. Raise taxes on businesses making $250,000 and the consumer will pay more for their products or they will move jobs overseas to save the money they will need to pay for the tax increases. Either way the working class will pay. In my opinion, the government should:

                                              1. Tax all goods coming into this country. The consumer will pay for it but the jobs might stay here if the taxes are high enough. This will help American companies compete with low wages and the lack of EPA regulations in other countries.

                                              2. The government needs to pass a balance budget amendment. We all have to live within our income why shouldn't the government?

                                              3. The government budget should be capped at a % of GDP. Right now it is around 25%. This seems a little high to me maybe 18% $2.6T-22% $3.2T would be good. (US budget: $3.7T / GDP: $14.5T = 25%)

                                              4. This creates a Flat tax of 18%-22% minus the tax on imports. Could have a 3 tear system. Example: 10% (lower income), 17.5% (middle), 25% (upper). Number would need to change a little but you get the idea.

                                              It’s not fair, but father always said that fair is for rides and cotton candy. :-)

                                                #5.11 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:25 PM EDT

                                                Hard to have a fair tax code when anything implemented has loopholes. Romney claims a 35% top tax rate is too high when even a tax return he's willing to show indicates he pays less than 15%. Who knows what he paid on returns he wasn't prepared to show. What rate would he actually pay if the top rate was lowered to 25%? According to an economist much of Romneys income from Bain capital should have been taxed as wages but was calculated as carried interest, clearly not capital gains and is a dubious method to pay a 15% rate instead of 35%. When the rich have the means to make laws tailored soley for their benefit the middle class is screwed.

                                                • 1 vote
                                                #5.12 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:59 PM EDT

                                                Kurt, again republicans already agreed to automatic defense spending cuts, and ending Bush tax credits when President Obama extended them through 2012 (Bush's war is OVER in Iraq (thank you President Obama), and Afghanistan will end in 2014 (President Obama will end it))

                                                  #5.13 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 12:08 AM EDT
                                                  Reply

                                                  Give me a break. We're talking less than 5 percentage points on the weathiest. This crap that we keep hearing about taxing the "job creators" is a bunch of hogwash. It's personal income tax. Period. There is typically no connection between taxing the CEO and how many jobs the CEO put into place because incorporation law insists that there be no connection.

                                                  Now, for the "millions and millions" of small businesses run as sole priopietorships, the logic is if you tax that person's income, you'll be killing jobs because in this case, there is a connection. Let me tell you, few, if ANY businesses would be stupid enough to book $200K+ in income, have multiple employees on payroll, and >NOT< be a corporation, from a liability standpoint. What we're really looking at here folks, in the pool of "sole proprietorships", are a lot of individual consultants, who are one-man bands, providing consulting services for various companies, who are declared as sole proprietorships pulling in $200K +. Or the fully W2 employed who also operate a multi-level marketing business on the side. Either way you slice it, few, if ANY new jobs are tied to personal income tax increases at this level.

                                                  Now, if you want to talk about PAYROLL TAXES, I'm all in on that conversation.

                                                  Signed,

                                                  Small, incorporated business owner w/10 employees.

                                                  • 25 votes
                                                  #6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:40 PM EDT

                                                  Agreed, however consider this.

                                                  a 5% tax increase may well leave 30% less spendable money left over for purchases such as cars, new appliances, household services, clothing etc, as taxing this group higher will reduce the flow of money through the economy by a large margin.

                                                  Even if we did the feel good thing and raised high earners taxes through the roof like France recently did, it will not make a whole lot of difference. It still leaves a multi trillion dollar deficit. Now that is a problem that can ONLY be handled with spending cuts. Big ones where most is being spend.

                                                  Military, Social Security and Medicare being the two largest.

                                                  • 3 votes
                                                  #6.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:45 PM EDT

                                                  GHX: Sorry dude, I just don't believe in Trickle down, and I lived through the wimpering 80s and entered the job market in 1990 at the depths of recession during G.B.1s term. If trickle down works so well, why did we have a major recession following Regan's watch? Oh yeah, there was that S&L thing, but I won't go there. I was lucky enough to enjoy a kick-ass career in the roaring 90s where taxes were adjusted to a "modern era all time high" and business seemed to be working just fine, and the debt was being paid down.

                                                  I have never heard the right describe the fix to our economy as "let us keep our $$ so that we can keep buying big ticket items". It might be a good one to try though.

                                                  • 19 votes
                                                  #6.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:51 PM EDT

                                                  A income tax hike won't hurt anyone because you only pay taxes when your making money. It's the tax cuts that have been killing us. They cut taxes but raised fees on everything and property taxes and the debt makes your dollar worth less. If you make less money you pay less taxes but you can't get around all these fees and they want to raise sales taxes. This is how they've been shifting the tax burden onto the middle class and working poor. Raise the capital gains tax!

                                                  • 13 votes
                                                  #6.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:53 PM EDT

                                                  Mad Matt - So 5% is just too small a percentage of the population for us to care about.

                                                  There are countries in the world - Iran, Nazi Germany - in which citizens have demonized a minority group within their population and their government has imposed penalties on them, and then blamed them for all their ills. I thought the United States was beyond that now. Apparently I was wrong. We blame the "rich" as being parasites and worse. We impose taxes on them that are higher than for other citizens and then characterize any reduction in those rates as "giving" them money. As in those other countries, our administration finds the minority "rich" to be a convenient scapegoat for the results of their own mismanagement and mistakes. Many citizens buy into that blame-game and help fan the flames of hatred.

                                                  • 9 votes
                                                  #6.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:54 PM EDT

                                                  Mad Matt,

                                                  Government redistribution schemes are not the answer either. When the Government hires someone or gives them welfare that individual by definition is not a producer.

                                                  We need to stop off-shoring our job base and then the money will end up in the hands of well paid American employees instead of barely sustaining welfare recipients.

                                                  • 9 votes
                                                  #6.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:55 PM EDT

                                                  Matt, at 34.5 federal, 10.5 state (NJ Max rate), about 5 property (median 7% in NJ) and 3.5 (7% sales tax in NJ on remaining salary), we are already paying 53.5 cents on every dollar above 250K. You are saying 5% more on wealthiest (250 is not wealthy in NJ, just a 2-income family running around trying to pay kids college and save for retirement, since SS is questionable anyway). Is your argument that for every dollar, instead of giving 53.5 if "wealthiest" give 58.5, that will be enough for this goverment? Sure, I will be glad to give as long as they atleast promise to balance budget on that. But we know that they will still run deficit. I absolutely do not understand why you are supporting this fiscal mismanagement and willing to pay more. You must be a small business offering services to government.

                                                  • 9 votes
                                                  #6.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:00 PM EDT
                                                  Comment author avatarBtownRatsExpand Comment Comment collapsed by the community

                                                  probably a janitorial service cleaning government sh*tters.....with hired illegals.... He believes in paying more because he fawns over his man crush Obama and he makes his leg all tingly!

                                                  • 4 votes
                                                  #6.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:01 PM EDT

                                                  We have two highly visible 8 year terms of the right-side economic vision which CRASHED AND BURNED. Regan had 2 terms immediately followed by recession, and Bush Jr. had 2 terms. How in the world can the economic policies of those two presidencies be held up as shining examples? Are you saying that an economic agenda requires at least 8 years to take root and show results? I feel sorry for ANYONE who can make $250K and tell me with a straight face that they are pinched financially. Really?! I know for a fact that a family of four can live, love and laugh on $50K. Blaming it on the zip code is a non-starter. There are 49 other states folks. I am all about spending CUTS, combined with targetted tax increases in certain cases. This is not redistribution of weath. Its common sense.

                                                  • 12 votes
                                                  #6.8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:12 PM EDT

                                                  Matt, above 250K income does not happen annually for many folks. We know there are 49 states, but some of us choose to take temporary employment in bad states, with a hope to save some money and move somewhere for a "happily-ever-after". Wives work to put some money aside, so that they can focus on taking care of kids. After kids finish college, both wife and husband push hard on the finishing stretch to save for retirement. We are talking small periods of ones life where people hope to save.

                                                  President knows this. But he needs extra cash, that is why he keeps saying "millionaires" above "250K". Why? there is not enough money just from "millionaires". So he acts like he does not know the difference between million and 250K.

                                                  It is not about being pinched financially. The simple question - will the budget be balanced with 58.5 cents, I need to know. If they promise it will be, I will pay in the name of patriotism. If they are anyway driving towards cliff, I am not for paying more. I disagree with your assertion that it is just common sense to pay more to keep adding to debt.

                                                  • 3 votes
                                                  #6.9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:25 PM EDT

                                                  It still leaves a multi trillion dollar deficit. Now that is a problem that can ONLY be handled with spending cuts. Big ones where most is being spend.

                                                  that is not true. Increasing taxes b rings in revenue and thereby lowers the deficit.

                                                  deficit,

                                                  1, the amount by which a sum of money falls short of the required amount.
                                                  2.
                                                  the amount by which expenditures or liabilities exceed income or assets.

                                                  • 7 votes
                                                  #6.10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:22 PM EDT

                                                  The night of President Obama inauguration, 14-15 repubs met and specifically pledged to vote against every bill that would help President Obama in a bid for a second term. They pledged to act like the Taliban, like insurgents do to make President Obama a one term president. They also took the Norquist pledge putting Norquist above the people and the constitution of the United States. The same plan Bin Laden put in writing to take the country down. Traitors to our country, take the economy down to make President Obama a one term president. Never in our history has this happened. Romney and his Taliban repubs killing the economy because of greed. They did not get all the money the first crash, they want to crash it again to get the rest.

                                                  Vote Obama/Biden 2012

                                                  • 13 votes
                                                  #6.11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:32 PM EDT

                                                  Are there not 50 states?

                                                  • 1 vote
                                                  #6.12 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:41 PM EDT

                                                  Ha! yes. Matt and I were just talking about the 49 other states that can reduce our expense base, excluding our own high-cost ones.

                                                  • 1 vote
                                                  #6.13 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:51 PM EDT

                                                  Holy crap, seriously? Our current income taxes are the lowest in 30 years, and lower than all the other first-world industrialized countries. The government -- that's YOU, you are the government. The money is spent on services we need, like teachers, firefighters, sanitation, and of course roads, etc.

                                                  Right now states and municipalities are bankrupt. Right now basic services are being cut or ended, whether shorter school years with larger classes, or charging citizens for fire department services, and worse Emergency Managers in places like Michigan that equates to no democracy. Right here in the good old US of A, we have dictatorship.

                                                  This concept of tax cuts and more cuts only, never raising taxes (Norquist) is illogical. Eventually there would be zero tax revenue, and you ignoramuses never consider how a government operates on nothing. There is always waste that must always be controlled, but the idea that somehow all your tax dollars are wasted is one of the biggest lies being told.

                                                  If you want to get your undies in a bundle, get angry about all the "free stuff" (as Romney calls it) going to corporate welfare. Did you see the agriculture bill -- Hurry and contact your representatives, because this monstrosity is about to get passed. How about TARP being "free stuff" for Wall Street and the Banksters? How about tax breaks on dividend, capital gains, and estate taxes for the richest 2% that Romney wants to make even sweeter?

                                                  And what do the Teapublicans and Romney want? They want a hand-out from you, the middle class and working poor. They have had over a decade of unpaid wars, a decade of tax cuts for the rich, a meltdown of our economy because of deregulation of Wall Street. And they want YOU to sacrifice Social Security and Medicare to pay for their mismanagement. They tell you Social Security and Medicare is "free stuff" but it is not -- YOU pay into these trust fund programs.

                                                  Why in the hell would you take a cut in programs you've paid for so that the GOP/Romney can increase spending on defense, can increase tax cuts for the rich, can continue with corporate welfare -- In other words get their "free stuff" and YOU have to pay for it?

                                                  Stop being duped. Throw out the Teapublican oligarch. Romney the plutocrat -- He's not in it for you.

                                                  • 6 votes
                                                  #6.14 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:53 PM EDT

                                                  The 400 richest families own 50% of the wealth. That's 400 families whose total net worth equals the combined net worth of the 155 million on the bottom. The right claims extending cuts for most americans is unfair to those that have the most. Romney want's to lower the top rate from 35% to 25% and eliminate capital gains which would lower his actual rate from 14.9% to less than 10% paying for it by increasing taxes on the middle class. How much is enough? Romney also wants to remove the estate tax currently capped at 5 million with only 1.6% of the population who die exceeding that amount. Talk about self serving.

                                                  • 6 votes
                                                  #6.15 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:56 PM EDT

                                                  TruePatriot, are you factoring in the 15% medical tax rate paid in the US separately via insurance premiums? If you figure that we are the MOST taxed western country aside from perhaps France right now which is on a Socialist binge

                                                  • 1 vote
                                                  #6.16 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:15 PM EDT

                                                  Gwaddammit, the government gives no one anything! Welfare money for the poor, medical care for the poor, food stamps for the poor, or any other thing anyone can cite! These things are spent! Rolled into the overall economy! Taxes from the labor and equipment used to dig, or grow stuff out of the Earth are derived at all levels of process! Same with services! Stop allowing the rich and powerful to treat you as crumb feeding dogs!

                                                  • 2 votes
                                                  #6.17 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:18 PM EDT

                                                  Kannin...

                                                  You stated...

                                                  "We blame the "rich" as being parasites and worse. We impose taxes on them that are higher than for other citizens and then characterize any reduction in those rates as "giving" them money."

                                                  Excuse me, but didn't Mitt Romney just state he pays under something like 14.8% in federal taxes? Well...I recently did some "what ifs" to see what some typical tax rates would be. And the fact is that a single person making just $50K a year with standard deductions pays %14.88% in total federal taxes...the same rate that Romney says he paid last year. A single person making $60K would pay almost 16%...which is more than Romney paid.

                                                  Your claim is just flat out false when it comes to wealthy investors who receive most of their income through capital gains or dividends instead of wages.

                                                  So the question is...do you think the wealthy deserve to pay a lower tax rate than middle class Americans making in the $60K ballpark, which includes teachers, police, firefighters, the military, etc?

                                                  • 3 votes
                                                  #6.18 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:06 AM EDT

                                                  dizzykat - If you actually feel that way, you should support replacing the income tax with some sort of a Consumption tax. That's the only way to force the rich to pay their fair share. No more loopholes! You want a jet? Fine, buy it, and pay $1 million tax on it. You want a bottle of cheap booze? Fine, buy it, and pay $1 tax on it.

                                                  Plus, you get rid of the IRS - a bureaucracy that costs us $12 billion a year. You save billions of hours of unproductive time that taxpayers and businesses spend on IRS paperwork each year. Additionally, a person won't be able to be paid “under the table” and not pay taxes. Even drug dealers will have to pay their fair share.

                                                  And yet, Obama and our so-called "representatives" refuse to even discuss such a change.

                                                  Why?

                                                  Isn't it obvious?

                                                  Because the loopholes in the current tax code are a big part of the "payback" that politicians provide to their biggest supporters.

                                                    #6.19 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 1:14 PM EDT

                                                    A consumption tax wouldn't work. The first thing the super rich would do is get laws that exempted what they spent money on.

                                                    • 1 vote
                                                    #6.20 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 5:05 PM EDT

                                                    Go Mad Matt

                                                      #6.21 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 12:12 AM EDT
                                                      Reply

                                                      There's not really much choice. The national debt has to stop growing or be paid back at some point. How does anyone expect that to happen without tax increases? The economy cannot simply grow forever; we have been running for a long time on borrowed money and speculation, and now that is starting to adjust itself downward to reality. The tax break for rich people might mean something if they had incentive to create jobs here in America, but they don't. Instead, they send wages to the same countries that happen to be our creditors, reducing spending power here, reducing tax revenue here, and doing nothing to bolster the national budget through a strengthened economy. There is nothing for it except tax increases; tax cuts only make the situation worse.

                                                      • 8 votes
                                                      #7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:45 PM EDT

                                                      Firstly, you must stop the bleeding (i.e. excessive spending) before tax increases are even considered. Stop the free rides to those who don't need it and other wasteful spending, and only then should be any discussion about tax increases. And, who are the rich? Does King Obama decide that?

                                                      • 9 votes
                                                      #7.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:47 PM EDT

                                                      Tax percentage increases or tax revenue increases?

                                                      Even then with a 1.5 trillion a year deficit this approach would still leave 1.2 trillion in cuts necessary.

                                                      We need to grow our way out of this not tax our way out!

                                                      • 7 votes
                                                      #7.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:49 PM EDT

                                                      The proposed tax increases barely make a dent in a $15 trillion deficit heading toward $20 trillion. In already high taxation states concentrated on the East and West Coast, $25OK per year is not 'rich", its barely upper middle class. By the way, its $250K for a couple, only $200K for a single person. In California, this bankrupt state is also trying to increase already high state taxes on incomes over $250K as well as state sales taxes to sustain the continued payment of ridiculous public emlpoyee compensation and pensions. 20% of all cities in CA are considering bancruptcy filings. If Obama and California both succeed its a serious double whammy that greatly reduces disposable income. But this whole issue is not about what is good for the economy or fairness, its about lieing through your teeth and doing whatever it takes to get re-elected (Chicago style politics). Its not hard to get people who make less and receive government handouts to support the idea of sticking it to people who have done the things required to succeed and have higher incomes. Those who envy the better off also tend to have no grasp of the long term consequences of such actions which will be to put the ecomomy back into serious and non-reverible recession. Comrades, better think about it a little before you vote.

                                                      • 2 votes
                                                      #7.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:03 PM EDT

                                                      Romney caught lying again!!!!

                                                      Romney says he "saw his dad march with Martin Luther King"....OOPS.......back tracking on that one too! Now he admits, he did not see his dad march with Martin Luther King. Flip Flop or just a plain lie???

                                                      Tax dodger hiding his assets in numerous offshore accounts.

                                                      Lies about Bain saying he did not work there in a certain time period, now he said he didn't, then lies saying he didn't work there during offshore, then lies saying he did when talking about jobs, he can't remember what he lied about and which time he was lying about Bain. Nightmare all the way.

                                                      Draft dodger in France...OK I will give him the right not to kill or die in that illegal fake war. But...he said he wished he could have been a part of that war to vets...whoaaaa.....lie again, he could have done it anytime by signing up and not taking deferments. Meanwhile his old man went to Nam to find out the truth. George came home and told the public he was lied to by the military, we were not winning the war. George took a strong stance to end the war, A hero. He sought the truth and stood for it. Mittster panders to get Vets vote instead. etch a sketch flip flop.

                                                      Romney says he has an immigration plan, and the only plan was hiring illegals to do yard work on his home and his sons. He was caught several times with illegals and never turned them in, just turned them loose.

                                                      Day after day lies. Then he hires staff from Bush and Cheney, economic and foreign policy people because starting two wars and crashing the economy was so good with those people in place.

                                                      Romney...for a worse tomorrow today.

                                                      Vote Obama/Biden 2012

                                                      • 8 votes
                                                      #7.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:37 PM EDT

                                                      starsailing - this thread discusses "can the us economy tolerate a tax increase" Your comment has nothing to do with that and has NO VALUE here.

                                                      You should have posted on the "Meaningless Drivel" thread instead.

                                                        #7.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:29 PM EDT

                                                        I don't understand the logic that we shouldn't raise taxes because it doesn't solve every single problem with the budget. Who thought up THAT talking point? I'm pretty sure if I have credit card debt, it's better to pay a little more each month than to pay nothing more... So Romney and the Kock brothers and all their little pals lose out on 5% of the cash they wouldn't have put back into the American economy anyway; cry me a river.

                                                        • 4 votes
                                                        #7.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:52 PM EDT

                                                        In already high taxation states concentrated on the East and West Coast, $25OK per year is not 'rich", its barely upper middle class.

                                                        So $250K makes you the poor little guy being raped by the government (having benefited from an expensive 8-year tax cut), and the welfare recipients that get less than $10k are "welfare queens" bankrupting the country. Tea-partiers are amazing.

                                                        Those who envy the better off also tend to have no grasp of the long term consequences of such actions which will be to put the ecomomy back into serious and non-reverible recession.

                                                        As if the last 12 years (yes, this includes Obama) of wars, deregulation, tax-cuts and bailouts for the wealthy didn't create irreversible consequences for the economy. You can call it envy all you want, but it won't change the fact that the policies you are advocating for have failed miserably. And by the way, I am all for spending cuts.

                                                        • 2 votes
                                                        #7.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:55 PM EDT

                                                        I don't understand the logic that we shouldn't raise taxes because it doesn't solve every single problem with the budget.

                                                        And yet there is a lake of tears when the government spends small amounts of money on programs (e.g. Planned Parenthood) that will actually reduce spending in the future.

                                                        • 2 votes
                                                        #7.8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:04 PM EDT

                                                        @Starsailing

                                                        Obama is caught lying again! Romney wasn't running Bain after 1999 but Obama continues to lie about it.

                                                        http://factcheck.org/2012/07/romneys-bain-years-new-evidence-same-conclusion/

                                                        Is Obama any better than Romney, the sad truth is no!

                                                        • 4 votes
                                                        #7.9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:26 PM EDT

                                                        @Starsailing

                                                        Obama is caught lying again! Romney wasn't running Bain after 1999 but Obama continues to lie about it.

                                                        Is Obama any better than Romney, the sad truth is no!

                                                        I'm glad you consider factcheck.org a good fact-checking organization, because that's what it is. If that's the case, then I suppose you are ready to admit that Romney and the GOP have repeatedly lied about Obamacare, when claiming that there will be a board of bureaucrats that will ration care and make health-related decisions for you (a.k.a. death panels), and that there will be a $500 billion cut on Medicare. See factcheck.org/2011/11/pat-boone-misleads-seniors/

                                                        They also lied when they said that under Obama's plan Medicare would go bankrupt in nine years, when it will actually make the government's contribution smaller over time. See factcheck.org/2011/04/ryans-muddy-medicare-claims/

                                                        Finally a source we can agree to be reliable!

                                                        • 2 votes
                                                        #7.10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 7:56 PM EDT

                                                        Problem is there are way too many Americans earning $10 an hour or there about and they are angry and jealous of those few that have managed generally through hard work and intelligence but sometimes through sheer luck to find their way to an income level few ever attain.

                                                        Would you REALLY want to live in a world where "to be fair" EVERYONE" had to be poor?

                                                        High income earners are taxed at around 56% depending on your state. That NOT enough?

                                                          #7.11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:50 PM EDT

                                                          Yeah.......Kannen I am on the meaningless drivel blog, it's wherever you post. So like a true Democrat we clean up after the repubs little parade of horseys in a parade.

                                                          Romney lies about everything, and the only economic plan is the Ryan plan. Why vote for a liar who has no economic plan but to follow the Ryan plan that destroys the middle class while giving MORE tax breaks for lying Romney. I say it is quite the connection to the economy......."It's the middle class stupid!" along with "it's the economy stupid."

                                                          Coon&friends..........Teabaggers never let facts get in their way.....to hard for them to process and comprehend.

                                                          • 1 vote
                                                          #7.12 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:51 PM EDT

                                                          Here is the republicon only plan.....tax the middle class....give more to the rich. The Ryan Plan.

                                                          Even the catholic church kicked Pauls Ryans butt on his plan to take from the poor.

                                                          From: dpcc.sen.gov

                                                          Republicans have claimed that their tax plan would renew the expiring Bush tax cuts and reduce tax rates even further without increasing the deficit, all by getting rid of unspecified "loopholes" in the tax code. But a new analysis by the Joint Economic Committee (JEC) shows that Republican math simply doesn't add up. The new JEC report shows that the Republican tax plan would actually necessitate a $1,300 tax increase on average middle-class families to pay for a tax cut of over $285,000 for each millionaire.

                                                          The Republican tax plan would cost a total of $10 trillion - $5.4 trillion to extend the expiring Bush tax cuts, and according to the Tax Policy Center an additional $4.6 trillion to lower the top tax rate to 25%. Republicans have refused to name any of the specific "loopholes" they would repeal to cover the huge price tag of lowering taxes on the rich, and the JEC report explains why. In order to make their tax plan revenue neutral, Republicans would have to eliminate nearly every deduction and credit in the tax code, including those that mainly benefit middle-class families.

                                                          JEC's report shows that because Republicans would do away with middle class deductions, even with lower tax rates the Republican plan would amount to a net middle class tax increase.

                                                          The American people overwhelmingly oppose giving millionaires more tax breaks at the expense of the middle class. Republicans should work with Democrats to pay down our deficit in a balanced way that will create jobs here in America and ask the wealthiest to pay their fair share again.

                                                          • 5 votes
                                                          #7.14 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:06 PM EDT

                                                          Would you REALLY want to live in a world where "to be fair" EVERYONE" had to be poor?

                                                          It's an interesting world where letting a tax cut expire means that everyone has to be poor (i.e. hardly the world before the Bush tax-cuts were put in place, when the US actually had a thriving economy and a balanced budget).

                                                          High income earners are taxed at around 56% depending on your state. That NOT enough?

                                                          If that's what they are actually paying I'd agree with you. Unfortunately, there are so many loopholes and special rules for special corporate interests that drive the effective rate to 14% (you know, Romney's tax rate). And the 56% clearly looks like something you've pulled out of your ass.

                                                          • 2 votes
                                                          #7.15 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:24 PM EDT

                                                          pgulrich -- Aside from cynical lack of logic already pointed out, the president's proposal is that couples with incomes of $250,000 or more would only have to pay a higher rate on what they earn above and beyond $250,000. So even in expensive places like New York, sorry, but that argument doesn't fly. Now that we've made this clear, please explain why Republicans are trying to block this?

                                                          I can tell you why. Because the douchebags want to force the president and Democrats to let all the Bush tax cuts expire -- so they can try to blame them for it. And then the middle class will continue to struggle thereby damaging economic recovery. As usual, the GOP/TP are throwing the American people under the bus for political gain.

                                                          The Democrats may waiver on extension out of fear of this tactic, but not the president. He said he won't sign anything that gives continued breaks to the rich. I think he means it, and I hope he does.

                                                          And the 56% clearly looks like something you've pulled out of your ass.

                                                          The error low-information voters make is who is in the 47% that don't pay taxes. A large percent are the self-employed/business owners who use write-offs to show zero income. Folks like doctors, lawyers, etc. who are in the richest 5% on up. Regardless, everyone pays regressive taxes like sales tax--even the poor.

                                                          • 4 votes
                                                          #7.16 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:29 PM EDT

                                                          CoonAndFriends -- Agreed. And the rightwing said all those kinds of lies about Social Security too. The fact is ACA will help not only the middle class and working poor, but it will help small businesses, and the economy over all.

                                                          GHX -- Wow, that is just twisted. There is a chart that shows the ideal of what Americans think the distribution of wealth should be, then what they think it is, then what in fact it really is. The concentration of wealth in fewer and fewer hands is so severe now that our country is in deep sh!t. The huge gap between rich and poor is bad in so many ways, including preservation of democracy.

                                                          • 3 votes
                                                          #7.17 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:37 PM EDT

                                                          poncero -- No frigging way should cuts in spending be made without increases in revenues in some ratio AT THE SAME TIME. I trust the Teapublicans as far as could throw Romney.

                                                          Before we lower the corporate tax rate, we have to end loopholes FIRST. The rich and corporations can't have it both ways -- paying a lower "effective tax rate" due to loopholes off a lowered tax rate, or tax breaks on capital gains plus a lower corporate tax rate, etc. The term double-taxation -- this would be double-tax-breaks, and we're not all as stupid as that.

                                                          • 3 votes
                                                          #7.18 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:46 PM EDT

                                                          Obama offered to match increased taxes on the richest by cuts to social programs and republicans refused.

                                                          • 2 votes
                                                          #7.19 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:08 PM EDT

                                                          @Coon

                                                          Do you have a reading comprehension problem?

                                                          Quote from my own post "Is Obama any better than Romney, the sad truth is no!"

                                                          I wouldn't give you a wooden nickle for either of them

                                                          • 2 votes
                                                          #7.20 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:37 PM EDT

                                                          EdwardWI

                                                          "I wouldn't give you a wooden nickle for either of them"

                                                          Sadly you are correct, at this point I'm just hoping for a viable option "C".

                                                            #7.21 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:49 PM EDT

                                                            @eric

                                                            I don't see it happening but one can hope!

                                                              #7.22 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:57 PM EDT

                                                              It doesn't matter that you wouldn't give a wooden nickle for either of them. If you don't vote because you don't like either one then Obama is going to be re-elected. We need to get Obama out of office because one more term and he is going to finish the job he started. I have been screaming for months in this forum that he is a Communist/Socialist. His plan for hope and change is based on his background. His mother and father were both communists and he hung around with radicals, so what do you think his model for change in America is based on? There is a new documentary out 2016. Everyone needs to see it before the November election.

                                                              • 1 vote
                                                              #7.23 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:08 AM EDT

                                                              EdwardWI...

                                                              "Obama is caught lying again! Romney wasn't running Bain after 1999 but Obama continues to lie about it."

                                                              While I normally consider FactCheck a fairly neutral and trustworthy source...in this case, they're just plain wrong.

                                                              Romney signed documents with the SEC saying that he was the sole investor, chairman of the board, president, and CEO of Bain capital until sometime in 2002 (I forget the exact date).

                                                              Maybe Romney wasn't involved in day to day operations. And maybe he had nothing to do with the decisions in 2000 and 2001 which have become political fodder. However...the idea that it's somehow unfair or dishonest for people to hold the self proclaimed owner, chairman of the board, president, and CEO of a company responsible for what the company does is just plain absurd.

                                                              Now...if you can get Romney to sign a document admitting that he willingly and knowingly submitted documents to the SEC containing false information...and that he is willing to accept full legal responsibility for those fraudulent documents, then I'd be willing to accept that he wasn't in charge of the company. But until then...I'm don't think it's at all unreasonable to accept the statement that Romney made to the SEC as "the truth". Otherwise...this is just one more in a long, long, long list of subjects which Romney and his supporters think they can just erase and rewrite. You know...kind of like an Etch-a-Sketch.

                                                                #7.24 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:31 AM EDT

                                                                From: dpcc.sen.gov

                                                                I've tried several variations of dpcc.sen.gov and cannot access anything - the browser says the site does not exist. Can you link to the full website please? Thank you.

                                                                  #7.25 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 3:01 AM EDT

                                                                  @Dizzykay

                                                                  So you only accept Factcheck.org as legitimate when they post things that you agree with? Maybe Coons 7.10 post should be directed at you.

                                                                  Personally I don't a @!$%# about your personal agenda of trying to vilify the "other" side because its a WASTE of energy which could be better spent on making things better

                                                                  • 1 vote
                                                                  #7.26 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 9:33 AM EDT

                                                                  Ryans plan refuses to state what "loopholes" the budget committee after the election would chose to do away with but has stated previously that the home mortgage deduction and eliminating the employer health care exemption were considered. He's a liar, he knows these are the only 2 remaining middle class deductions big enough to pay for his 5 trillion tax cut for the rich. If these are indeed whats eliminated it would raise the average middle class taxes a lot more than 1,300 a year.

                                                                    #7.27 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 5:13 PM EDT

                                                                    Kannin republicans already agreed to spending cuts in defense and ending Bush tax cuts, so the question is moot

                                                                      #7.28 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 12:05 AM EDT
                                                                      Reply

                                                                      The real question is can the U.S. economy tolerate another four years of a president who is ignorant, incompetent, inexperienced, and completely void of any leadership skills?

                                                                      • 14 votes
                                                                      Reply#8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:46 PM EDT

                                                                      Wow, ponc!

                                                                      Giving our marxist-in-charge quite a bit of credit, there. Categorizing him as ignorant, incompetent, inexperienced, etc. is giving those with those true skills a bad name...

                                                                      • 4 votes
                                                                      #8.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:50 PM EDT

                                                                      he is really really good at looking down his nose at us though...you gotta give him arrogance....right?

                                                                      • 6 votes
                                                                      #8.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:04 PM EDT

                                                                      We can't afford anymore Romney lies!

                                                                      Turns out Mitt shipped in blacks to the NAACP meeting the other day just to do the applause. On Fox news he said he met with black leaders who did not want to vote for Obama, turned out he met with the blacks he paid to show up. NAACP said on Ed Show Romney did not meet with NAACP people after speech.

                                                                      Hires blacks to be his friends, hires blacks to pretend they were NAACP who did not support Obama and met them after his speech to NAACP.........money talks.....$$$$$$$$$

                                                                      • 3 votes
                                                                      #8.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:40 PM EDT

                                                                      Don't you miss the Clinton years? I DO !!!

                                                                      • 2 votes
                                                                      #8.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:21 PM EDT

                                                                      poncero

                                                                      The real question is can the U.S. economy tolerate another four years of a president who is ignorant, incompetent, inexperienced, and completely void of any leadership skills?

                                                                      No, thankfully Bush served out his two terms.

                                                                      • 1 vote
                                                                      #8.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:03 PM EDT

                                                                      Can we really afford having repubs block every bill that would help the economy recover because repubs want to make President Obama a one term president? Hell no.

                                                                      Repubs take the oath to the office they were elected to , then turn around and pledge allegiance to this clown Norquist like traitors. King Norquist!....Like traitors repubs switch their allegiance to king Norquist.

                                                                      Repubs block every bill to remove tax breaks for the companies that took jobs overseas.

                                                                      Repubs block every bill to give tax breaks to companies who bring their companies back to America.

                                                                      Rebubs block every bill to remove subsidies to big oil when their ceo's all testified they did not need them.

                                                                      WHY?...because repubs want to take the economy down to try and make President Obama look like he failed. All repubs actions clearly show record obstruction all with their pledge to take the economy down.

                                                                      Vote Obama/Biden

                                                                      • 2 votes
                                                                      #8.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 11:41 PM EDT

                                                                      As the Republicans cry (No New Taxes)platform, Google and see how much Money the Oil, Gas, Utilities, Banks,ETC Millionaires Billionaires receive in a big fat check from The IRS on their tax return. That staff of accountants (some an X employee of the IRS) know how to fatten their tax return. The working person just pay's and deducts their children.

                                                                      J.P. Morgan just lost 6.7BILLION dollars traderFRAUD! /What amount will their tax return check from the IRS be . NO BAILOUT FOR ANY BANK this time around.

                                                                      While you are goggling for answers Check out how many millionaires hold a political office Federal aqnd State? Then check out how wealthy they were before they entered a political office. Now tell us the American worker, What Republicans are working for us?

                                                                      Romney is for the American worker? Romney oowns Staples stores, go in, look around, Check and see how many American made products are sold in Romney stores in America! If you can find an American made pencil you must have dropped it out of your pocket.

                                                                      • 1 vote
                                                                      #8.7 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 3:54 AM EDT
                                                                      Reply

                                                                      Go right ahead, tax the living s__t out'a me.

                                                                      I'll twist the key off in the door of my small business so fast it'll make your head spin.

                                                                      Me and my former employees can then ride the gov'ment gravey train!

                                                                      • 16 votes
                                                                      #9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:47 PM EDT

                                                                      If you're that eager for an excuse to close the door on your business, then it must be a fairly useless place, indeed. Unable to compete? Nature of the free market; you've got no one else to blame but yourself!

                                                                      • 8 votes
                                                                      #9.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:05 PM EDT

                                                                      Nope, john. Making good money, but want to keep most of it. Not interested in supporting idiots like you.

                                                                      • 14 votes
                                                                      #9.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 3:15 PM EDT

                                                                      Economics 101, if you borrow more than the value
                                                                      of your assets, and can’t keep up paying all your bills you’re in the hole, and
                                                                      that applies to all. Currently we no longer have free markets in the supposed free
                                                                      world. The country is stuck and getting deeper in the mud. We all know the
                                                                      country can’t keep borrowing money, but now it’s the only way to keep the
                                                                      casino open, and values where they are. Since we are currently being forced to
                                                                      prop up the equities to the levels they originally were borrowed on with this
                                                                      false leveraged economy, a lot of the so called rich may be stinking poor, and
                                                                      now rob the rest of the Country to prop up their false equities and inflation
                                                                      prices via the Fed, and other dirty tricks. It’s time to return to a true
                                                                      natural free market, or completely destroy the free world. If you borrowed more
                                                                      than the worth of your assets I’m sorry, but please don’t destroy the free
                                                                      world of supply and demand…

                                                                      • 3 votes
                                                                      #9.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:04 PM EDT

                                                                      Romney JUST HIRED BUSH ADVISERS AND STAFF MEMBERS....Romney thought Bush Cheney lying the nation into war and crashing the economy was so good, he hired Bush Cheney people to do the same all over again.

                                                                      Repubs would rather declare a war and give trillions in no bid contracts to Cheney and other rich friends and allow thousands of our soldiers to be killed and be wounded and dying the rest of their lives, rather than help the economy recover......No more Bush/Cheney/Romney, the nation can't handle that one more time.

                                                                      Vote Obama/Biden 2012

                                                                      • 4 votes
                                                                      #9.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:44 PM EDT

                                                                      DisgustedConservative - I've been in business since 1973 and had both good and bad times. You don't have the attitude that will help you succeed. I encourage you to seek help so you don't feel so victimized by your fears. Your employees deserve better leadership.

                                                                      • 8 votes
                                                                      #9.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:37 PM EDT

                                                                      Economics 101 - government is not a household, but functions to (1) provide backing for currency, (2) invest in infrastructure that facilitates economic growth and provides for the common welfare, (3) regulate commerce to prevent fraud, unsafe practices, and anti-competitive collusion, and (4) establish policies and programs that will insure fairness and equal opportunity - among other functions such as defense, etc. that households do not do. Natural free markets never existed but were a theoretical construct to counter the land is wealth economics of the Physiocrats in the 1600 - 1700s so that the rise of the merchant class could establish the rights of non-royalty to own property.

                                                                      • 1 vote
                                                                      #9.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:48 PM EDT

                                                                      Romney's tax proposals would lower the top tax rate from 35% to 25% costing revenue of 5 trillion over 10 years and pay for them by eliminating the home mortgage deduction and fully taxing employer health plans costing the average middle class taxpayer $2,000 to $4,000 a year. Doesn't Romney have enough?

                                                                      Romney proposes allowing 1,250,000 high tech workers be allowed to immigrate and be given legal status because they will work cheaper. He claims these new workers will create American jobs as support workers. Support workers selling our new immigrants Big Macs. Don't we have enough illegals crossing the borders without providing millions with airfare?

                                                                      • 3 votes
                                                                      #9.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:53 PM EDT
                                                                      Comment author avatarGerri Scherervia Facebook

                                                                      I can not afford to pay more taxes. Give the middle class a break.

                                                                      • 1 vote
                                                                      #9.8 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:00 PM EDT

                                                                      Those who have benefitted most from the system should pay more.

                                                                      • 4 votes
                                                                      #9.9 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:21 PM EDT

                                                                      Increasing taxes is reasonable if, if , if the government reigns spending in so we don't increase the deficit, will that happen? IMO NEVER with Barry and co. Since when is 200k income rich? With cost of new homes, cars etc etc it is not that much, sure it 5 times more than I make and I live ok, eat well, have a roof over my head, health care and no debts. I know plenty of people that make that and they barely make it, new home, new car and taxes on that new home. If they happen to have investments then they will pay more tax on the new taxes coming on the ACA.

                                                                        #9.10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:43 PM EDT

                                                                        Since 200K is more than what 80% of the country makes, it is rich.

                                                                        • 1 vote
                                                                        #9.11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:06 PM EDT

                                                                        Pigotry
                                                                        Those who have benefitted most from the system should pay more

                                                                        The top 10% of wager earners pay 70% of tax revenues. What is their fair share? We obviously have a spending problem, not a tax problem.

                                                                        http://ntu.org/tax-basics/who-pays-income-taxes.html

                                                                        • 2 votes
                                                                        #9.12 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:35 PM EDT

                                                                        raddave
                                                                        Since 200K is more than what 80% of the country makes, it is rich.

                                                                        Obama: "I do think at a certain point you've made enough money"

                                                                        Actually $200K is more than 90% of the country makes and it's none of your business how much I or anyone else makes.

                                                                        • 3 votes
                                                                        #9.13 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 9:48 PM EDT

                                                                        The 200k is for single taxpayers it's 250k for couples and the tax increase would only be for the amount over 250k. That amount would be minimal until someone got well above that amount and would only be meaningful to those making alot more.

                                                                        • 1 vote
                                                                        #9.14 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:11 PM EDT

                                                                        I’ve been thinking about the $77,731 tax deduction that the Romney’s took in 2010 for the care and feeding of their dancing horse. This is a legal tax deduction. It is reported that they only own 1/3 of the
                                                                        horse. What bothers me is that the group that owns the horse paid $233,193 for the care and feeding of this horse. It seems to me, that people that can spend ¼ million dollars a year to take care of a horse really need to be paying more taxes.

                                                                        • 1 vote
                                                                        #9.15 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 12:34 AM EDT

                                                                        I can not afford to pay more taxes. Give the middle class a break.

                                                                        B.S. 80% of the country pays less than 15% in fact if you make 50K or less you pay 0-3% on income taxes. We paid 6.13% on 91K We could have paid 5.7% and that is with out the mortage deduction!!! What do you think we a middle class family should pay in taxes?? 4%? 2%? 0%? My brother paid in taxes -1% Yes that is right he was paid to file taxes.

                                                                        • 1 vote
                                                                        #9.16 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 4:48 AM EDT

                                                                        Too many people equate federal income taxes as the only taxes when clearly that isn't true. Counting state, federal, local taxes, gas, utility, personal property, property, social security, medicare and on and on the middle class and poor probably pay 40% or more of their money on taxes. Most of the services is this country are funded by the states and by far most of their money is paid by the bottom 80%.

                                                                        • 1 vote
                                                                        #9.17 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 5:23 PM EDT

                                                                        solution: FLAT TAX.

                                                                        That way, everybody pays, everybody has "skin in the game". No loopholes, no deductions, no accountants, no games.

                                                                          #9.18 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 6:54 PM EDT

                                                                          Counting state, federal, local taxes, gas, utility, personal property, property, social security, medicare and on and on the middle class and poor probably pay 40%

                                                                          Please provide a link?

                                                                          My federal taxes was 6.13% state and local was 3% I have never counted s.s. it is a form of retirement account that will one day have reduced benefits but not disappear entirely. medicare I may one day receive so I don't count that ether. I paid 100 to register two cars utility's taxes were $10 Gas is only 18 cents a gallon and state is between 30-56 cents also very low. Property tax is only what I pay on the cars. So where is that 40%? Were saving 3-4K a month for a house so were not buying too much.

                                                                            #9.19 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 11:48 PM EDT
                                                                            Reply

                                                                            “the top 2 percent of wage earners in America should pay their fair share.”

                                                                            A person earns X dollars. Can anyone provide a “fairness” formula that defines what percent of X is a “fair” share? If not, then “fairness” is just an arbitrary excuse for punishing a minority as convenient scapegoats for the results of government's own mismanagement and mistakes.

                                                                            • 13 votes
                                                                            Reply#10 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:47 PM EDT

                                                                            the top 2 percent pay most of the taxes...their fair share?????? Who do these blind mice think create jobs.....it aint the poor!

                                                                            • 11 votes
                                                                            #10.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:54 PM EDT

                                                                            the poor and middle class actually DO create the jobs. the parasite are the ones holding the purse strings and passing the profits into their pockets instead of paying decent wages.

                                                                            DEMAND is what creates jobs NOT some dkhead who has money. She/He cant create one job without providing a service or a good produced by the employees (i.e. the middle class and poor) That rich guy depends on the workers not the other way around.

                                                                            • 9 votes
                                                                            #10.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 4:35 PM EDT

                                                                            People who make money speculating in the market do not earn their income.

                                                                            • 6 votes
                                                                            #10.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:49 PM EDT

                                                                            Anyway you do the math someone making 42 million paying 14.9% when someone making $75,000 pays 35% isn't fair especially when those making 42 million have so many loopholes. Much of Romney's bain income was carried interest taxed at 15% even though most tax experts agree it isn't capital gains and should be taxed as normal wages.

                                                                            • 4 votes
                                                                            #10.4 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 6:00 PM EDT

                                                                            brenda1964 How I see these tax increases will only hurt the economy. Peopl that make $250,000 are not rich in this era. Alot of those folks are small business owners and increasing the taxes will only hurt them and us by raising prices and freezing wages ir keeping them low. The same goes for large corporations. Heck, even someone who makes a million a year I don;t consider them rich. Food, medicine, fuel and just about everything else will go up. I have no doubt about that!

                                                                            I firmly believe Obama is trying to elimatemiddle and upper lower classes and bring them down to the poverty level. People are struggling now all over this country and the most recent jobs report shows it is still depressed. They keep telling us that for the past 28 months many many jobs were created. I thing that is fiction because for 2012 job creation has not been that great. For months now job creation has not reached the predicted numbers.

                                                                            The tax increases for the $250k earners should not become law. It will depress this economy even more!

                                                                            • 1 vote
                                                                            #10.5 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:08 PM EDT

                                                                            njo.....you are on the wrong side of the tracks...and on the side where the reality train left the station without you.

                                                                            • 3 votes
                                                                            #10.6 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 8:59 PM EDT

                                                                            I say we should pass a constitutional amendment saying that the government cannot tax anyone above 50%. Even that's way too high, but we should at least set that as a constitutional limit in case we get a President like Hollande.

                                                                            The amendment should also require a two-thirds senate majority in order to raise taxes or the debt ceiling.

                                                                              #10.7 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 10:24 PM EDT

                                                                              Fair is when no one making less money pays a higher percentage than someone making more. Whether that's 20%, 30% or 40% doesn't matter. When someone making 100k pays 35% and someone making 42 million pays less than 15% that's unfair.

                                                                              • 1 vote
                                                                              #10.8 - Mon Jul 16, 2012 5:25 PM EDT

                                                                              "Extending Unemployment encouraged people not to work" is an argument that begs the question. Its proof is itself. Its faulty logic and proves nothing. A question that could be asked, "Were there enough jobs available to support the unemployed?" Following that path, you may eventually come to, "Does the use of Unemployment Insurance Benifits cause jobs to go left unfilled?" To an extent, Unemployment Insurance pads companies offering necessity products, since those bills will remain paid to a larger extent. So much is said about how 'easy' the worker, or non-working work has it. I doubt that having no money is going to make your resume stick out any better among the hundreds or thousands that applied for the same position...especially when employers take into consideration credit checks, which of course you will do miserably at if you have no income. If one chooses to continue down this path of "its the governments fault that the unemployed are lazy, than that one has to realize that having personal wealth that is in excess of 300%-3000% of what a front line worker, manager, or entry-level worker can make would mean that wealth=lazy. A lot of people are assuming that increased wealth for the wealthy=more jobs, but that would mean that the wealthy have plans to make more jobs and such, but can't afford it. That isn't true at all. Eliminating said programs and safety nets=the great depression. Eliminate minimum wage and you'll create millions of families that will be in debt for their entire lives, if they live. You have a small percentage of Americans who had the system benefiting them the most in terms of acquiring HUGE amounts of excess through workers efforts and then blaming the rest of the country for not having any excess, and saying that beyond the money they made, there was no other dependence. Educating workers to meet their standards and providing a living wage was too much to ask in the business aspect, and so they buy their workers elsewhere. The argument really is about the freedom of the upper-class to totally discard the american worker and their families in light of the unpaid costliness of creating and paying for workers here vs. pursing alternatives overseas. Rich don't think in terms of human cost, they think in terms of ROI, and unfortunately that means most Americans are screwed no matter how much our taxes are increased vs. how much tax cut is given to the rich. Raising taxes on the poor=more needing help. Expect more huge losses reported by the banks and sorrow, but, at the same time, expect the top earners to retain most of their excess, and purchase just as little here in the US even if their taxes remain cut, or are cut further. Excess Money=Power, and no one on either side denies that. Maybe once things become a life-and-death situation for most Americans we'll understand just how important it is to make sure we protect what we have with the same foul mouth and disregard for our fellow man as the top earners do.

                                                                                #10.9 - Tue Jul 17, 2012 12:38 PM EDT
                                                                                Reply

                                                                                the rep's argue that if the taxes are increased they won't invest in new jobs . well where the hell have they been since bush gave them they tax breaks?yes they have created new jobs the only problem is they created them in China,Mexico,India and other places where they can get cheap labor so they can make more money . It's all about greed and this govt. needs to reel them in.Now they are giving up citizenship to America so they don't have to pay taxes. I say enough is enough.

                                                                                • 10 votes
                                                                                Reply#11 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:49 PM EDT

                                                                                Why should someone who does not even live here pay taxes here? They should be paying tax in the country they reside in.

                                                                                • 2 votes
                                                                                #11.1 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:51 PM EDT

                                                                                Hey, bill...

                                                                                I've been buying heavy equipment to operate my capitol intensive construction company with the 179 deductions. Stuff like Caterpillar, Peterbilt, etc. Y'know, the steel that builds our nation?

                                                                                Rather invest in Solydra? Get informed.

                                                                                • 10 votes
                                                                                #11.2 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 2:53 PM EDT

                                                                                DisgustedConservative - you would think that government investment in infrastructure would benefit you. As far as investing in Solar power and alternative energy, China is surpassing us in those investments because they realize that efficient energy will be the breakout industry of the 21st Century. I don't understand why business people want to be political conservative - except that they lobby for corporate welfare off the working tax payers.

                                                                                • 3 votes
                                                                                #11.3 - Sun Jul 15, 2012 5:56 PM EDT